The URL can be used to link to this page

CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 03-0093-ED I I I I: I I I I I I I I I II I ~ I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 03-0093-ED Clearwater, Florida Construction Documents and Technical Specifications FEBRUARY 6, 2006 11"'III",,,~ l-S\-~l OF ih'r ~ t~" 0-' 12i ,\11;11 0 l. S" -n S ~ - s s~ - ~~ \~ ~I '\. ~ r!gf.~ 'lfATER \~i ~""'I,;),,11 RECEIVED :1 \ (,', ,i- BY: I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I 'I I I I ,I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I - ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR page 1 SECTION II - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS page 1-8 SECTION ill - GENERAL CONDITIONS page 1-37 SECTION IV - CONTRACT BOND page 1-2 CONTRACT page 3-5 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT page 6 PROPOSAL BOND page 7 AFFIDAVIT page 8 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT page 9 PROPOSAL page 10-12 ADDENDUM SHEET page 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL page 14-20 PREQUALIFICATION FORMS Page 21 - 30 SECTION V - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 SECTION 01115 SECTION 01250 SECTION 01270 SECTION 01275 SECTION 01290 SECTION 01310 SECTION 01320 SECTION 01330 SECTION 01420 SECTION 01500 SECTION 01520 SECTION 01610 SECTION 01731 SECTION 01770 SECTION 01781 The City of Clearwater, Florida Cleveland Street Streetscape Summary of Work Contractor's Use of the Premises Contract Modification Procedures Unit Prices Measurement and Payment Payment Procedures Proj ect Management and Coordination Construction Progress Documentation Submittal Procedures References Temporary Facilities and Controls Maintenance of Traffic Product Substitutions Cutting and Patching Closeout Procedures Proj ect Record Documents I ,I I I I I 'i I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02000 SECTION 02230 SECTION 02231 SECTION 02300 SECTION 02510 SECTION 02518 SECTION 02577 SECTION 02630 SECTION 02741 SECTION 02751 SECTION 02800 SECTION 02810 SECTION 02870 SECTION 02920 Site Work - General Site Clearing Tree Protection and Trimming Earthwork Water Distribution . Interlocking Concrete Unit Paving Pavement Markings Storm Drainage Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Cement Concrete Pavement Landscaping Irrigation Systems Site Furnishings Sodding DIVISION 3- CONCRETE SECTION 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete DIVISION 4- MASONRY SECTION 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 5- METALS SECTION 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 9 - PAINTING SECTION 09900 Painting DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES SECTION 10100 Signalization SECTION 10400 Signage DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16000 Basic Electrical Requirements SECTION 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods SECTION 16110 Raceways SECTION 16120 Wires and Cables SECTION 16143 Wiring Devices SECTION 16452 Grounding The City of Clearwater, Florida Cleveland Street Streetscape I I I I I I ,I I, I,! I I I I I ,., '0 _" I I I I SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE CONTRACT # 03-0093-ED CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies ofthe Contract Documents and Plans for this project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the Municipal Services Bldg., Public Works Administration Office, 2nd Floor, 100 So. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Florida, between the hours of8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Mondaythru Friday, on MONDAY, FEBRUARY 6, 2006, until no later than close of business three days preceding the bid opening. A charge of$100.00, none of which will be refunded, will be made for each set. The work for which proposals are invited consists of, but is not necessarily limited to: Demolition, earthwork, grading, paving, drainage, utilities, electrical and lighting, gas system, site furnishing, special features, sign age, landscaping an irrigation; together with all necessary appurtenances. A MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 22, 2006 at 10:00 a.m. at the Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, First Floor, Human Resources Training Room #130, Clearwater, Florida. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Proj ect. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasin1! Mana1!er, at the Purchasin1! Office, located at the Municipal Services Bld1!.. 100 So. Mvrtle Ave.. 3rd Floor. Clearwater. Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30 P.M. on WEDNESDAY, MARCH 15, 2006, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE (03-0093-ED). A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available only to City pre-qualified contractors who are qualified to bid Urban Streetscape projects with a minimum prequalification amount of $7 Million Dollars (these will be the only bids accepted for this project). Contractors are to submit their prequalifications prior to the mandatory pre-bid conference. A list of three similar urban streets cape projects completed within the last five (5) years, which have involved assisting the merchants/retailers with maintaining normal business operations, which were affected by the streetscape construction operations is required. These projects must have safely provided for maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be interested as a possible subcontractor, supplier, etc., may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and pay items worksheet. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater proj ects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to rej ect any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida William B. Home, II, City Manager Advertisement for Cleveland Street Streetscape.doc Page 1 of 1 Revised: 1/31/2006 I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I l I , I I City of Clearwater, Florida Cleveland Street Streetscape CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS February 6, 2006 Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer I I I I.,",,' . ' I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: SECTION II ........... ......... ......... ............ ................ .......... .......... ...................... ..... ......... ..... ............. i 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS.......................................................................... 1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3 6 CONTRACT TIME..... ............................... ............ ............................................ .............. 3 7 LIQUIDATED D AMA GES ............................................................................................. 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT .........................................................3 9 S UBCO NTRA CTO RS... ............ ............ ............. ....... ..... ...... ......... ................................... 3 10 BID/PRO POSAL FO RM ................................................................................................. 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 5 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5 14 D ISQ U ALIFI CA TI ON OF BIDDER.............................................................................. 5 15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 6 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT............................................................................................... 7 19 BID PR OTES T ............... ........ ........ ........ ........ .............. ........... ........... ........... ............... ..... 7 20 TRENCH SAFE TY ACT ................................................................................................. 8 Section II - Instructions to Bidders.doc Revised: 5/11/2005 I I I I I I I: I I I II I I I I 'I' I ,I I '1.2 3 3.1 3.2 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 1 1.1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount represents reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 1.3 2 2.1 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. Contractors are to submit their prequalifications prior to the mandatory pre-bid conference. A list of three similar urban streets cape projects completed within the last five (5) years, which have involved assisting the merchants/retailers with maintaining normal business operations, which were affected by the streets cape construction operations is required. These projects must have safely provided for maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. An application package for pre-qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address prior to the mandatory pre-bid meeting. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. The City solely and fmally reserves the decision as to whether or not any Contractor is prequalified. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; ( c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those repOlis of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical -- ~-==-------=--~----==-~-"~ --- ------ - _~~___________~._~r___"____ Section II - Instructions to Bidders 3.3 data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' '!I, I I I I I I, I I I I I I J I' I 9 9.1 Section II - Instructions to Bidders 4.2 Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. Addenda may also be issued to modifY the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. 5 5.1 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) ofthe Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 5.2 5.3 6 6.1 CONTRACT TIME The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 7.1 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 8.1 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. SUBCONTRACTORS If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Section Il- Instructions to Bidders Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract. Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Commission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the bid I I 'I 'I il I I I il I.'.: , { :1 I , I I )1 I I I' :: ." ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I: Section I1- Instructions to Bidders documents. If fOlwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modifY the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modifY any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and pennits (and shall pay all pennit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which Section II - Instructions to Bidders in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) hnpose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I I I I I.: I , . 'I I I I I I I I I' : , I I I I I :1 I I I I , , I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I .18 18.1 18.3 18.4 19 19.1 19.2 Section I1- Instructions to Bidders I certifY that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.2 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. BID PROTEST RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of hislher complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of reconunended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. Section II - Instructions to Bidders D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event ofa timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions ofthese laws. 'I I I ,I I. ',', ' , I I I I I I I I I I' ," " I !I I I ,I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: SECTION III....... ........ ................. ........... ............................... ......... .......... ................... .................. i GENERAL CONDITIONS ......................................................................... ................... ............. i 1 DEFINITIONS....... ...... ........... .......... ................................................ ....... .................... ..... 1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS...... ................................................... ........................ .......... 4 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 4 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS........................................................................... ............ ..... 4 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMEINOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT........................... ............................................................... .............. ........ 4 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE.............................................. .......................... 5 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... 5 3.1 INTENT ......... .............................................................................. .................................... 5 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 6 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS... ............................................................... ......... ......... ...... .......... 6 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS........................................... ............................ ........... ....... 6 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS. ............ ............................. .................................. 6 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 7 REFERENCE POINTS................................................................. ....... .... ........................ 7 BONDS AND INS URAN CE ............................................................. ...... ......................... 7 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND............................... 7 5.2 INSURANCE......... ................................................................... ....................................... 8 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE........................................................... 9 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE.............................. 9 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY.................................................... 10 5 .3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS ..................................................................................... ............. 10 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 11 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 11 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 11 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 12 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 12 6.5 USE OF PREMISES.................... .................................................................................. 13 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ...................................14 6. 7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS...................................................................................... 14 6.8 PERMITS....................................................................................................................... 14 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ............ .............. ....... ......... .................... ........ ............... 15 6.1 0 EMERGENCIES.......................................................................... .................................. 15 6 .11 DRAWINGS.................................................................................................................. 16 Section III - General Conditions. doc Revised: 5/] l/2005 I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section II1- General Conditions 6.11.1 SHOP DRA WINGS AND SAMPLES....................................................................... 16 6.11.2 AS-B UILT DRA WINGS....................................................................... ..................... 17 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS................................................................................................... 19 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES:.................................................................................................... 20 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE........................... 21 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK.... ............................................. ....................................... 21 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION................................ ..... ...... ......................................................... 21 7 OTHER WORK ........ ....... ........................................ .................... ...... ... ........... ....... .... ...... ... 22 7 .1 RELATED WORK AT SITE....................................................... ............................. .... 22 7 .2 COORDINATION............................................................................................ ..... ........ 23 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITy.............. ....... ................................................................. 23 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 23 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE................................................. ............. ..................... 23 9 .2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 24 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK.................................... .................................... 24 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS ..................................24 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES................................................. ....... ................................ 24 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 25 10 CHAN GES IN THE WORK.......................................................................................... 25 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE................................................................... 26 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE.................................................................... 26 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 27 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................... ................................... .......... ...... ............................. 27 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 28 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK....... ......... ....... .......................................... ....... ....................... 28 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION........... ..................................... ......... .............. ................... 28 13 .2 UNCOVERING THE WORK.......... .......................................................... ................... 29 13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK ........................................................................ 29 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 30 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD. .......... .............. ............................................. 30 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ...................................................................30 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK .......................................................30 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 31 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ...........................................................31 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ...............................................................32 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAyMENTS................................ 32 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 33 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ........ ...................... ........... ..... ...... ........ .................. ........ ............. 33 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 33 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE......... ..... ..................................................... 34 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ...... ............ ....... .................. .......... ........... ....................... .......... 34 Section III - General Conditions. doc 11 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 35 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK......................................................................35 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE..... .......... ............. ............. .... ....... ....... ....................... .... 35 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE .......................:................... 36 16 DISPUTE RESO L UTI 0 N .............................................................................................. 36 17 MISCELLANEOUS .. ...................... ........... .................................... ...... ....... ........ ...... ..... 37 17 .1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS..................................... ........................ .... 37 17 .2 GIVING NOTICE.............. ....... .... ......... ........................................................................ 37 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM. .............. .......... ............................................ ......... .... ................... 37 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED..................................... 37 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT....... ............................................................. ............. 37 17 .6 RENEWAL OPTION... ......... ........ .................................... ................ ............................ 37 Section III - General Conditions. doc iii Revised: 5/11/2005 I I I I I I ,I I I I :1 I I I, I I I I I Section III - General Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agreement The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Florida. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Section III - General Conditions.doc Revised: 5/11/2005 Section III - General Conditions Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. Day A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of fmal payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer or his duly appointed representative. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseemg. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Section III - General Conditions. doc 2 Revised: 5/11/2005 I Ii Ii , , I I I' .'. ' , I I I I I I I Ii I ., I I I I ,I I I I il I I I I I I I I, I I I I I Section III - General Conditions Notice to Proceed A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida Person A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the w.hole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Wark. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the_ Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance ofa part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which itis intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Section III - General Conditions.doc 3 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 Section III - General Conditions I. '. . , I. :1 I I I I I I I I I.' , i, , i I ,I I Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS, 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for. execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 'I' i 'I Section III - General Conditions. doc 4 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 I I I: , I The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perfonn the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date which the Contact Time commences to run. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I Section III - General Conditions 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ~ngineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of Owner or Engineer, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer may schedule a conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be Section III - General Conditions. doc 5 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section III - General Conditions read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4 AVAilABiliTY OF lANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is- to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities w!ll be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the Section III - General Conditions.doc 6 Revised: 5/1 \12005 I I I I I 'I',' , , , , I I I I I I I I' I I -I Ii , ' 1'1 , , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner: Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 'Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Section III - General Conditions.doc 7 Revised: 5/1112005 Section III - General Conditions Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. The Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to the Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v)_ Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) City of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article Jor Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in Section III - General Conditions.doc 8 Revised: 5/1112005 I I 'I I' I I I, I I I I I I I' , ' I il I' ',', i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulati<:ms: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: Contract A ward Amount .Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate Section III - General Conditions. doc 9 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section III - General Conditions 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract A ward Amount Contract A ward Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, 'or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval' of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. The Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from the Owner. Lon2shore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. . 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the Section III - General Conditions.doc 10 Revised: 5/1112005 I I I I I I I I I I I I:, ' , I I' I, I I I; I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBiliTIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer shall notify- Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of Engineer. Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner's normally approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to receive a monthly check from the Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $40.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, layout and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good Section III - General Conditions. doc II Revised: 5/1l/2005 Section III - General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so thattheir quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or. "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will. be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a Section III - General Conditions. doc 12 Revised: 51ll/2005 I I I I I I I I I I II, I I I.' '. f ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to payor to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not payor employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not umeasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction Section III - General Conditions. doc ]3 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section III - General Conditions equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by. applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Reguiations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. Section III - General Conditions. doc 14 Revised: 511112005 I :1 I I I I'.... I " I I I I I 'I: I I I I I'. ' ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I .1 I Section II1- General Conditions 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to the Owner, and the' Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contnictor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer Section III - General Conditions. doc 15 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 Section III - General Conditions prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that subrittal. At the time of submis~ion, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approvaL Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of Section III - General Conditions. doc 16 Revised: 5/11/2005 I 'I I I I I I, " , , , ' 'I; ", ; '! , I I I I I I I I I I 1'\ , ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times during the progress of the Project. The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As- Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the City Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The City's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor/Consultant shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 6IGI7-6, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. Two hard copies of signed and sealed as-builts and an AutoCAD file will be provided for this purpose. Definition: 6IGI7-6.002(8)(a) As-Builts Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also know as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida . registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the City of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the City will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of$I,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the City with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems I. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the Section III - General Conditions. doc 17 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section III - General Conditions construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor. shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, I-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans' or if required by the City the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the City of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61 G 17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the City to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. Section III - General Conditions. doc 18 Revised: 5/11/2005 I I I' :; I I I I I I I 'I I II I I 11,1" ' , \ ',.,1' '," ; I I', " ' ; I I I I ,I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions 6.11.3 6.11.3.1 6.11.3.1.1 CAD STANDARDS Layer Naming Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text - use for all text, no matter the prefix 6. N o fi .. 11.3.1.2 La er ammg e mltlons: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOES LOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs Section III - General Conditions. doc 19 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 Section III - General Conditions.doc 20 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 I I I Ii ,. I I ' 'I' '.' i :: I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch . CLS centerline of swale CORNER property comers, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 00, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.50, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELlVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on stable based Mylar or vellum material, 24" x 36" at a scale of I" = 20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format with all project data in Land Development Desktop (LDD) Rl or later, including all associated dependent files. When LDD is not available, upon approval by the City of Clearwater Project Manager, a standard ASCII file can be delivered with all associated drawing and dependent files. The ASCII file shall be a comma or space delimited containing code, point number, northing, easting, elevation and description for each data point. Example below space delimited ASCII file: POINT # 284 NORTHING 1361003.838 EASTING 264286.635 ELEV 25.00 DESC BCV or Comma Delimited ASCII File: 284,361003.838,264286.635,25.00, BCV (PNEZD) An AutoCAD Release 2000 drawing or later drawing file shall be submitted. NOTE: If approved deviation from Clearwater or Pinellas County CAD standards are used the consultant shall include all necessary information to aid in manipulating the drawings including either PCP, CTB file or pen schedule for plotting. The drawing file shall include only authorized fonts, shapes, line types or other attributes contained in the standard AutoDesk, Inc. release. All block references and references contained within the drawing file shall be included. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727)562-4762 or email address TomMahony@myClearwater.com 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and fmal acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carryon the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or Section III - General Conditions.doc 2] Revised: 5/11/2005 Section III - General Conditions omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractqr, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor, under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any ofthem. 7 OTHER WORK 7 .1 RELATED WORK AT SITE Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may make a claim therefore if Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the Project, the contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or arbitration, if he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such Section 111 - General Conditions.doc 22 Revised: 5/11/2005 I I 1,'1 ' I ! , I I 'I I I I I' \, ! , , I',', , , i, I I I I I 'I ',I' i " I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom the Contractor shall payor satisfy the judgment and pay all costs incurred by the Owner. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.2 COORDINATION If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBiliTY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The . Work. Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during Section III - General Conditions.doc 23 Revised: 5/1 I/2005 Section II1- General Conditions construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Engineer's decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers decision, or the appeal time Section III _ General Conditions. doc 24 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 I I I II I I I I I I I I I i:l, II : i' , ' I I I I I I il I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between the Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible. for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Engineer's Consultants and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work Section 1lI - General Conditions. doc 25 Revised: 5/1112005 Section III - General Conditions involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Engineer covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not Section III - General Conditions.doc 26 Revised: 5/1 ]/2005 I "I' , , , I I 'I' :. : ! I I I I I 11 I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, the Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all .unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. Section III - General Conditions. doc 27 Revised: 51ll/200S Section III - General Conditions 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid ifnot submitted in accordance with the requirements ofthis paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence ofthe Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents; The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Section III - General Conditions.doc 28 Revised: 5/11/2005 I I II.. i ! i I I I I I I I II I I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all City Building Departments and City Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City permit "and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering W orkas provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. Section III - General Conditions. doc 29 Revised: 5/11/2005 Section III - General Conditions 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, ifthe Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk ofloss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically an4 expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance Section III - General Conditions.doc 30 Revised: 5/11/2005 II I il I I..', I ! I I I I I I I I I I I 'Ii II I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section IIl- General Conditions with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. Section III - General Conditions.doc Revised: 5/1 1/2005 31 Section III - General Conditions 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no ., later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance. of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the Owner. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer because: (i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the reasons for such actions, and the Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, Section III - General Conditions, doc 32 Revised: 5/11/2005 I I I I '.1' , i ' , I I I I' '. ! : I I II I I I I I I I I 'I' 'i. : I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTiliZATION Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part. of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents as may be required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, Section III - General Conditions.doc 33 Revised: 5/1112005 Section III - General Conditions I I I services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. I 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE I: .' , I II If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, Owner shall, within sixty-five days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Engineer. I II II'. I I 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 'I' 'I I ' I I I I I I The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. I Section III - General Conditions.doc 34 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 I'. ".. , ' I II '. ! , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I Section III - General Conditions 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of anyone or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Section III - General Conditions. doc 35 Revised: 5/1 1/2005 Section III - General Conditions I' I 'I I I I I I Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for sixty days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension. or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement .and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. II I I I I 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION I ,I If and to the extent that Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. Section III - General Conditions. doc 36 Revised: 5/11/2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Section III - General Conditions 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer subject to the approval of the Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute oflimitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through Public Works Administration may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the City and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the' City, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by Public Works Administration. Section III - General Conditions. doc 37 Revised: 5/11/2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I BOND NUMBER: CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ORANGE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we GIBBS & REGISTER. INC. Contractor and WESTERN SURETY COMP ANY (Surety) whose home address is CITY OF SIOUX FALLS. SOUTH DAKOTA. HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and finuly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: ELEVEN MILLION TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED SIXTY-ONE DOLLARS AND EIGHTY-EIGHT CENTS ($11,275,561.88) (BASE BID) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of , 2006, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE (03-0093-ED) a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the tenus and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Foml of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Teclmical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein refened to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the pari of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or perfonuance of said contract, including enors in the plans fumished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -- CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the perf011l1anCe of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material fU11lished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby nl1iher bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material fu11lished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of , 2006. Gibbs & Register, Inc. CONTRACTOR By: ATTEST: SURETY WITNESS: By: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT COUNTERSIGNED: Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CONTRACT JJD This CONTRACT made and entered into this 2- - day of M ~y , 2006 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and GIBBS & REGISTER, INC. of the City of WINTER GARDEN, County of ORANGE and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undeliakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undeliake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perfonn all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE (03-0093-ED) FOR THE SUM OF ELEVEN MILLION TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED SIXTY-ONE DOLLARS AND EIGHTY-EIGHT CENTS ($11,275,561.88) (BASE BID). In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a pali of this contract, and all of said work to be perfornled and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the tenlls, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be perfornled by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perf 01111 in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESUL TING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - CONTRACT (2) hl addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to confoml to the following requirements: ill connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or tennination; rates of pay or other fonns of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to inseli the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct ii-om such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time peliod as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the tenns and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the perfomlance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice fi-om the City to do so, fumish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no fmiher payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional secmity bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the tenllS hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA ,,/;~.. ./ (Seal) iliiam B. Horne, II City Manager Attest: Countersigned: C) .-- ~ .. _~C- /..,. ()LC~ Cy' t ia E. Goudeau, City Clerk -.4 /" By: -:1 ,~~~ ";~-'l;-p"'Y--{.,'':/1 Pn1nk Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember Approved as to form and legal sufficiency: -- ~,..,' .: ~,~:"\ ./ ,I /'\ ..... i li ", / ' '..-th"V''"(.~' ,. 'J...../r" BiygnD. Ruff \' (. Assistant City Attorney (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) GI.B65 1 R66/5T€rl..) ItJc. ;Jd:L (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). By: :::)6}-\.v tAJ. (;J8e5 ) PIL€ S J 0€..vJ Page 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORM) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ORANGE On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of GIBBS & REGISTER, INC. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 530 SOUTH MAIN STREET, WINTER GARDEN, FLORIDA 34787 (herein, the "Contractor"). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of ,2006, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE (03-0093-ED) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration ofthe payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me GIBBS & REGISTER, INC. AFFIANT This _ day of , 2006. BY: NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT Page 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified checkis submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Gibbs & Register, Inc. as Principal, and Western Surety Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Gibbs & Register, Inc. as Principal, and Western Surety Company as Surety, for work specified as: Cleveland St. Streetscape; Bid No. 03-0093-ED all as stipulated m said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided here for, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be m full force and virtue by law and the fall amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this 15th day of March, 2006 (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) Gibbs & Register, Inc. Principal The person signing shall, m his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation, stem Surety Company Surety ~~=- . ._.~=oc-._~ . ' Benjamin H. French Attorney-In-Fact & FL. Resident Agent SectionIV - Contract Bond.doc Page 7 Revised 01/27/2006 I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -~ Western Surety Company POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Benjamin H French, Paul A Locascio, Robin Michele Williams, Individually of Mary Esther, FL, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the shareholders of the corporation. In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on this I st day of December, 2005. WESTERN SURETY COMPANY ~~";"'Vk,pre';drnt State of South Dakota County of Minnehaha } ss On this I st day of December, 2005, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation. My commission expires +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+ ~ D. KRELL ~ r r ~~NOTARY PUBLlc~r r~SOUTH DAJ(OTA~~ r r +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+ ~ ~P"h]k November 30, 2006 CERTIFICATE I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this 15 th day of Harch 2006 WESTERN SURETY COMPANY Cf ~[~s~ru,"y Fonn F4280-0 1-02 I Authorizing By-Law I ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY I This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the shareholders of the Company. I Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company. The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ORANGE ) ) JOANNE G. REGISTER being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of GIBBS & REGISTER, INC. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws ofthe State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 530 S. MAIN STREET Street & Number WINTER GARDEN City ORANGE County FLORIDA State Affiant further says that he IS familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of GIBBS & REGISTER, INC. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that JOHN W. GIBBS IS PRESIDENT (Officer's Name) (Title) ofthe corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE for said corporation by virtue of RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS DATED MARCH (state whether a provision of by laws or a R solution of the B Directors. Ifby Resolution e date of adopti /Vu Sworn to before me this 15TH day of Affiant PRESIDENT MARCH , 2006. 8~~ Notary Public ....~;..~yy~;~" Emelil1da ~ylojica ;~:-:P~: ':10~ Commission #DD303244 ~JL \~.~';j Expires: Mar 24,2008 >,::'".' 6; f\.o;::,- Bonde.{j Thru ';/(;\1\\" l\tIantic Bonding Co" Inc. EMELINDA MOJICA Type/print/stamp name of Notary NOTARY Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SectionIV - Contract Bond.doc Page 8 Revised 01/27/2006 I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I n ~ NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF ORANGE ) JOHN W. GIBBS being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is GIBBS & REGISTER, INC. PRESIDENT of the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submItted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this 15TH day of }1~RCH , 2006. e~~ Notary PublIc E" INDA MOJICA c,j/~~:: ~'~~:;,;:c,B[ne~il.lda :'."~"','\ ",' ::: Connrussloli ~ ~,,:. \~ :; = Expires. I\/1 Pi r ':;;:.j~~~!~~~~2 "Atla!1t~O~j~~~~i~::;;~c . SectionIV - Contract Bond,doc Page 9 Revised 01/27/2006 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE PROJECT and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked L- i-CV EL-A-.;J /) ~ f7Z. u;.:::r- .<:; lK LE-TS LA-? E- AAl D :5J b A) E t> 01) Oq /O(P I I nO 10 ( AfLt-fAEL- 0.0 Q U ) L-LuJ Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality ofthe contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, mstructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is ne<;essary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SectionIV - Contract Bond.doc Page 10 Revised 01/27/2006 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option detennine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of 10% PERCENT OF TOTAL BID AMOUNT (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ 10% ) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materiahnan, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: JOHN WILLIAM GIBBS, PRESIDENT - 5919 MASTERS BLVD, ORLANDO FL -~ARY EVANS REGISTER, VICE PRESIDENT - 1963 SALT MRTYLE LANE, ORANGE PARK, FL JOANNE GIBBS REGISTER, SECRETARY/TREASURER - 1963 SALT MRTYLE LANE, ORANGE PARK, FL Signature of Bidder: JOHN (The bidder must indicate whethertorporatiog) Partnership, Company 0 SectionIV - Contract Bond.doc Page 11 I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, . by affidavit, show his authOrity:;zto bind th co oration. J.. ./ ,,/ ?/ By: /'< Title: JOHN W. GIBBS, PRESIDENT Busines 530 . V~IN STREET City and State: WINTER GARDEN, FL Zip Code 34787 Dated at this 15TH , MARCH WINTER GARDEN, FL day of , A.D., 2006 SectionIV - Contract Bond.doc Page 12 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE PROJECT Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. JORN W. GIBBS, PRESIDENT (Title of Officer) YARCR 15, 2006 (Date) SectionIV - Contract Bond.doc Page 13 Revised 01/27/2006 If I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - The base bid shall provide that construction will allow for two way traffic. one east bound land and one west bound lane. will be maintained through the project at all times. In addition. all north/south streets will remain open. Parking will not be available on Cleveland Street. but safe pedestrian access to all storefronts will be maintained throughout the project. The project is anticipated to take up to 18 months to complete. GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION SUBTOTAL (line items 1-79& 122-198) GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION 10% CONTINGENCY (line item 199) GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION TOTAL (line items 1-79, 122-]98 & 199) IT INTERCONNECT (empty conduit) SUB-TOTAL (line items 80-81) nTU"". .........~ ,8\\.-2~.oo IT INTERCONNECT 10% CONTINGENCY (empty conduit (line item 200) rTJJI:. ,0. \A U?L.'OO IT INTERCONNECT TOTAL (empty conduit) (line items 80-81) :201. ~€X STORM WATER SUB-TOTAL (line items 82-102) }, 3"A ..~ .2 C; 00 STORM WATER - DRAINAGE 10% CONTINGENCY (line item 201) ,:J~' l '8?_~q STORM WATER - DRAINAGE TOTAL (line items 82-102 & 201) I cJ,~' 9.()1.d UTILITIES ,. -~-JDC WATER SUB-TOTAL (line items ]04-121) 5+: 8~--q .,s'1: WATER ]0% CONTINGENCY (line item 202) ~<>~ 4SL/. ~ WATER TOTAL (line items 104-121 & 202) SEWER SUB-TOTAL (line items 103 &]]9) ~lf:2iYi . ex> SEWER 10% CONTINGENCY (line item 203) 5, LfZo .90 SEWER TOTAL (line items 103, ]]9, & 203 S'f ir. 7 (j ,(J) .. UTILITIES SUB-TOTAL (line itmes 104-121, 103, & ]]9) ro 07... 7Q<( ,ff: UTILITIES 10% CONTINGENCY (line items 202 & 203) IN>, ') '?(i, S(: TOTAL UTILITIES (line items 104-121, 103, ]]9, & 202-203) t..C';( rY7U,gll BASE BID CONTRACT SUB-TOTAL 1ft ")cn ~IC\.C(( BASE BID CONTRACT 10% COTINGENCY " 0'21:;' (jc;l.O t7 . tiA~1!; tlJO CONTRACT GRAND TOTAL ' , ,. 77..,": ,<;'t,i. '-6.; GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 Mobilization 1 LS 400.000.00 LJ.a::J 000. 00 2 General Conditions 1 LS '+00 000. CV <<tOO 000. 00 3 Demobilization I LS 1.15, noO. ,=,0 .:l5", 000, 00 4 Bonds. Insurance 1 LS I '50, O~. .:>i) 150,'00:>.00 5 Project Sign 2 EA 1,,2,000. 00 4j., 000. 00 GENERAL SUB-TOTAL qlq.o.oo, 00 DEMOLITION / M.O.T. -~ 6 Maintenance of Traffic 1 LS ''10.oor:J.Oe; . tlJ') 7 Tree barricades 1 LS 10,000.00 10,000.00 8 Remove existing asphalt roadway 10.055 SY 10.00 /00,5'5""0.00 9 Remove existing concrete curbs 3.590 LF /5.00 53 Bb().OO 10 Mill existing asphalt pavement (1" depth) 1514 SY , :J . 00 18 J~8. DO 11 Clearing 1 LS ~a:?/0<!l0 .eo 3<o(). ~\n. 00 12 Grading 1 LS 3':;)0. (C(()O .00 350 ODO .00 13 Removal of items noted for removal 1 LS 3E?o 000. co 3,Qb, Ofle), e-=u 14 Salvage & Delivery of items noted to be salvaged I LS 8o.00u. 00 So. 000.00 DEMOLITION / MOT SUB-TOTAL (, Qh'Z-.S"b8'.o 0 1.av.:1. a...8 .'0 'Q 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , ---" t~.. , ';'I~t~!!,. ' '. lt~mtm~ .~Jll'4~~ ~L....i.,j~m~:ifl~ ,~ J " ; .,.,.' " " '* !. ': -,,' }";..',,.;,' ,.~- ',1, 'If., LIGHTING 15 Conductor (#6 insulated) 28380 LF .!J. 00 5lo I(,()' O;J 16 Conductor (#3) 1050 LF 3.00 .3 /50.00 17 Conductor (#2/0) 400 LF 5. 00 1- DOO. 00 18 Conductor (#3/0) 400 LF 7.00 '-,'&x>. 00 19 Conductor (#500 MCM) 400 LF J3. 00 q ~OO.OO 20 I 1/2" Conduit 6930 LF 1).00 71D .:J.3o. Db 21 2" Conduit 5605 LF 11.00 lj"'- 'I!:l<::: 00 22 4" Conduit 300 LF !). O. 00 (n~ f""\l"\n. ()I'I 23 120 V outlet 72 EA q 00.00 (o~. 800.00 24 Pull Box 146 EA 100.00 1 o:i.oJ. DO.\)(;) 25 Load Center (secondary) 5 AS '5 000.0<::> '15". 000. 00 26 Step Light in Station Square Park 44 EA ( (J 00. Oc) ,;J fa tI (Y), 01., 27 Sign Reflector Lights at arch, Station Square Park 5 EA I l.R 0.,. 00 8. oeo. 00 28 Uplights (Adra) 7 EA 1&;"0.00 5. J.5 O. 0<:> 29 Uplights (Delta) 4 EA qoo. aa 1: 10 00. 00 LIGHTING SUB-TOTAL TRAFFIC SIGNAGE AND MARKING 5~(p lP"1S-: .00 30 Sign single post (<12 s.f.) 26 AS '-tOo.ov 10,lJ.oo .00 31 Sign single post (12-25 s.f.) 1 AS 500. 00 500.00 32 Sign existing (remove) 8 AS S-o.oo 400. 00.;) 33 6" solid white paint 16155 LF O. .30 If. e"'ln. 50 34 12" solid white paint 1443 LF I. 00 I 4-IJ 1, 00 35 24" solid white paint 2787 LF A.oo 5. 51 LJ.. CXJ 36 6" solid yellow paint 17171 LF O. .30 5 ,5,. bo 37 6" skip white paint (10-30) 160 LF ~.OO ~~O.OQ 38 Directional arrows, paint 14 EA ;J.l)'.00 ~5o. 00 39 Pavement messages, paint 2 EA 40.00 ~o.oo 40 6" solid white thermo 1771 LF ( . lOa 1.17/.01l 41 12" solid white thermo 1443 LF 2.. 00 1.2. 88'-. 00 42 24" solid white thermo 367._ -.!.F . _I:l.,-Q.O~ II UI_P.. on 1--.. .- ,-,.,~"1 .00 43 6" solid yellow thermo 2787 LF 1.00 44 6" skip white (10-30) (thermo) 160 LF ~.oa ., LfljiZ,o.oo 45 Directional arrows (thermo) 16 EA 1l").nCl I. 12-0. Ou 46 Pavement messages (railroad) (thermo) 2 EA t 0400.00 J. OOLl. 00 47 Pavement Markings (sharrows)(thermo) 16 EA ..a. 00. 00 ~.- !)..oo, 00 TRAFFIC SIGNAGE AND MARKING SUB-TOTAL SIGNALIZATION tW "11/0.80 48 Conduit (underground)- Pay item 630-1-12 776 LF /0. 00 i.'1l.co.oo 49 Conduit (under pavement) Pay item 630-1-13 28 LF 5"0.00 I. 'tOO. ex> 50 Conduit (undergroundjacked)- Pay item 630-1-14 388 LF 30.00 II. 'n&.l-n. 00 51 Cable Signal- Pay item 632-7-1 3 PI 5,000.00 IIi.cvv"l.OO 52 Pull Box- Pay item 635-1-11 33 EA 4-c::;-O.OO ,4-. ~Ci"O. <lo 53 Electrical Power Service (underground)- Pay item 639-1-22 3 AS :1.0100.<>0 b. 000.00 54 Electrical Service wire- Pay item 639-2-1 125 LF ':.00 ~c;O . 00 55 Prestressed Concrete 12' Poles (F & I)(Type N-I1 Service Pole) Pay Item 641-41- I I l.I)OQ. 00 II tQOO. 00 112 I EA 56 Mast Arm Assembly (B3-BI-Q2)-Pay item 649-423-102 2 EA ."i'o 000. 100 /00.000.00 57 Mast Arm Assembly (B5-B2-Q3)- Pay item 649-425-203 I EA 55\ 000.00 55. €lOa. 0C'l 58 Mast Arm Assembly (B5-B4-Q4)- Pay item 649-425-404 I EA <CO 000.00 <DO on.-v-.... 00 15 I I I I I I I I 59 Ped. Signal (2-sect I-way international)- Pay item 653-181 60 Ped. Signal (2-sect 2-way international)- Pay item 653-182 61 Signal Head Aux. (backplate 3-sect)- Pay item 659-101 62 Signal Head Aux.(aluminum pedestal)(F & I) Pay Item 659-107 63 Signal Head Aux. (steel pedestal)- Pay item 659-108 64 Loop Inductive Detector (Type 9 2-ch)- Pay item 660-1-109 65 Loop Inductive Detector (Type 10 c-ch delay)- Pay item 660-1-110 66 Loop Assembly (Type F)- Pay item 660-2-106 67 Vehicle Detector Assembly (optical)- Pay item 663-74-11 68 Pedestrian Detector- Pay item 665-11 69 Controller Assembly- Pay item 670-5-120 70 Signal Head Traffic Assembly Removal- Pay item 690-10 71 Signal Pedestrian Assembly Removal- Pay item 690-20 72 Signal Pedestal Removal- Pay item 690-31 73 Pole Removal (Shallow) (Direct burial, deep)- Pay item 690-32-1 74 Controller Assembly Removal- Pay item 690-50 75 D~tector Pedestrian Assembly Removal- Pay item 690-70 76 Span Wire Assembly Removal- Pay item 690-80 77 Conduit & Cabling Removal- Pay item 690-90 78 Miscellaneous Signal Equipment Removal- Pay item 690-100 79 Internally illuminated sign (furnish)- Pay item 699-1-1 SIGNALIZATION SUB-TOTAL 12 AS 6 AS 8 EA 4 EA 2 EA 4 EA 4 EA 16 AS 4 EA 24 EA 3 AS 32 EA 28 EA I EA 16 EA 4 EA 29 EA 4 EA 4 PI 4 PI 8 EA I I I I I I I I I I I - 16 I) 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I - 169 Wall- stucco planter wall at Bank of America 150 LF ;J.OO.<::X) ..3 O. 000. 00 170 Wall- one-sided stucco, retaining, Sl. Sq. Park 202 LF Ito.OC'1 ,3lJ. 3~o. 00 171 Wall- two-sided stucco seatwall, straight 60 LF ~ 00. ClO /11.:000.00 172 Wall- two-sided stucco seatwall, curved 165 LF .:J.!J.O.OO .~ln.Or-..... Cl""'l SITE AMENITIES SUB-TOTAL I O~ /40. 00 I ' 0"" . 1. -. _H DECORATIVE SIGNS " Wb 173 Decorative sign- Directory sign 2 EA )-2. .o0u. 00 y&.(. 000..0.0 174 Decorative sign- Pillar sign I EA 7.000. 00 7.00.:>.00 175 Relocated directional sign 3 EA :1.500. 00 -, 50.:>. <:>0 DECORATIVE SIGNS SUB-TOTAL ~!J ~OO. OJ LANDSCAPE & IRRIGATION --c;n .00 ~ 176 Root barrier (Deep Root- UB 18-2) 1456 LF B '1-" /I fA~8.~ 177 Lavender Crape Myrtle- 30 gal. 40 EA ZZ.O ~ J Q,...,,..., !:9 178 Medjool Date Palm- 14' C.T. 46 EA 4-.000 ~ 3Zz.... 000 @ 179 Highrise Live Oak- 15' hI., 3" cal. 35 EA ' (POO ~ 2.1 a:o ~o 180 Washingtonia Palm-14' C.T. 1 EA , ZOO ~ I 71)0 ':!Y 181 Washingtonia Palm- 18' C.T. I EA , '1 aO ~ 1''''00 Q9 182 Annuals- 4" pots 737 EA , 3e9 Z. 7 " <;:2 183 Giant Spider Lily- 4' sprd. 29 EA 100 ~ Z'900 ~ 184 African Iris- I gal. 153 EA l.o~ CliP. ~ 185 Liriope ' Big Blue'- 1 gal. 317 EA fo~ /. 9oZ- ~ 186 Dwarf Yaupon Holly- 3 gal. 934 EA Il.. ~ 1 I u..,P-. s:fl 187 Podocarpus- 7 gal. 59 EA L/O '22 Z. 7,(g() ~ 188 Xanadu- 3 gal. III EA (PO o~ I~ 1"/~n Q9 189 Dwarf Confederate Jasmine- 1 gal. 1678 EA <~ g~Oc2P 190 A.w'lbllki..~iburnum- 3 gal. 24 EA /.3 Q.,O 3/Z. <,2.0 ;..- /2. ~ ~o 191 Viburnum- 3 gal. 54 EA ~L(8 192 Varigated Snake Plant- 3 gal. 66 EA J3 ~.... ~58 0_0 193 Impatiens- 4" pots 352 EA .3 ~v J 05'"<.. ,=-0 194 Pentas (Mixed Colors)- I gal. 120 EA iD~ ':fz..O ~ 195 Varigated English Ivy- 1 gal. 140 EA +~ 't 8 0 OoD 196 Sod- Sl. Augustine 'Bitter Blue' 6,500 SF 0 lJ..O s: 2..00 ~ 197 Mulch- Mini Pine Bark Nuggets HI CY 40 ~ L{ t.Jl./O <;.Q 198 Irrigation I LS 300 DOO ~ .7. 00 CJ:::;O ~ LANDSCAPE & IRRIGATION SUB-TOTAL ~Ils, 81T <:7"p GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION SUB-TOTAL (line items 1-79& 122-198) 1</./7 ~ .1.":lO. ',(0 199 GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION 10% Contingency 1 LS ~tl.. )b~ .OP-, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION TOTAL (line Items 1-76 & 122-199 B,Q3S:QQ3 .~R 18 I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - IT-Interconnect (empty conduit) 80 4" Conduit (underground) 3342 LF ..jU. CO I c;X) .2 ~\!) . ()(J 81 Pull Box (fiber opti c) 21 EA 4.000.00 St[ ()Qt). Ot) IT - INTERCONNECT (empty conduit) SUB-TOTAL /B 4 :LIcO. 00 200 IT - INTERCONNECT (empty conduit) 10% Contingency 19. L/l-{,. 00 IT - INTERCONNECT (empty conduit) & 10% Contingency z.. 0 i-. (, f3rs,. 00 STORMW A TER - DRAINAGE 82 RCP 18" 1,156 LF +6'=' 511_ '3-00!2!2 83 RCP 24" 106 LF 95 ~ 10' 0=10 ~ 84 RCP 30" 328 LF I~O ~ t.J,( l,tJ/) ~ 85 RCP 36" 187 LF J~O ~ z..p, 050 ~ 86 RCP 42" 129 LF IB5 ~ z. 3 e(..'5 ='Sl. 87 RCP 48" 282 LF z-SO ~ ~ 5{,)() ~ 88 RCP 54" 943 LF 300 ~ z.9Jl QCO ~ 89 ERCP 14" X23" 41 LF 100 ~ l/ 100 ~ 90 ERCP 43" X 68" 502 LF J./ 2-5 ~ ZI <. ~56 '22 91 12" PYC drainage pipe 210 LF 45 ~ ql lj50 9-0 92 Inlet City of Clearwater Type A - type P bottom 23 EA It.(OO "!5' , +..n.. U'J{j ~ 93 Inlet City of Clearwater Type A - type J bottom I EA IZ' 000 ~o /7.. I ()('Y) @ 94 Inlet FDOT Type Y 7 EA ~. (Y){J <29 ..,er CX)O @ 95 Ditch bottom inlet Type C 2 EA '3 $""00 ':9 i-. 000 ~ 96 12" yard drain wi decorative metal cover 2 t;A I !;CY'J ~ 31000 <,i!Q. 97 Manhole Type P-7T 5 EA s. Dn/) <29 z5 o<X> "!? 98 Manhole Type J -7T 19 EA /01 000 <;8 /q6 COO ~ 99 Baffle Box (see detail in plans) I EA 5'0 OCC <<P 5"0,-.,...r. ~ 100 Trench Drain 44 LF 500 ~ ZZ- o<:D~ 101 Connect pipe to existing inlet I EA 5" 000 ~<.J ~.J OC:O <::9 102 Erosion Control Measures I LS ~d Ob 3~ (JOe::> ~ .3 000- STORMWATER - DRAINAGE SUB-TOTAL 13:< q o.z.5 ~ 201 STORMWATER - DRAINAGE 10% Contingency I J?'.'99l.~O STORMWATER- DRAINAGE TOTAL & 10% Contingency 11/:r180:f.SO 19 I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - , .. . ..;'.ll;f.t'll~~lm~ tffut1+i...' t ...,$;f?B~~,..{4lU;~~~ '~,h~ ;i- ". ~ UTILITIES WATER 104 8" pye watermain 1,667 LF ~5 0- 'i/(,B5 ~ 105 8" Gate valve & box 6 EA )c"Oo~ 9 (DOO ~ 106 12" pye watermain 1,667 LF ' f]() Q!? /33 7,UD ~ 107 12" Gate valve & box 6 EA 00 /~ 000 ~ z. 5"00 - 108 Park Service Line (3/4" PE in 1-1/2" PYC conduit) 455 LF ~ 02 t!, t..SO C2Q 109 Fire Hydrant Assembly 14 EA t.I ::foo ~u 1.< 'il,(")() 0_0 110 Building service, complete 65 EA '5' +8 000 "0 J :l Q{') III Station Square Park water service, complete to meter I EA 3 50() ~ 'J.,' ~CO ~ 112 Station Square Park, fountain vault service, complete I EA 1c '500 OQ :}' 'S" 00 ~ 113 Hose bib, in flush locking box, complete wI service 13 EA Z <5 00 00 2.Z'S-OO ~ 114 Wet-tap,12"x 12" wI tapping sleeve and valve I EA 9.000 ~ ,,' ~ ClQ 115 Wet-tap, 12"x 8" wI tapping sleeve and valve 1 EA iooo ~ +-. 000 ~ 116 Wet-tap, lO"x 8" wI tapping sleeve and valve 2 EA 5'. ~ 00 ~ II ' DOO .,;y 117 Wet-tap, 8" x 8" wI tapping sleeve & valve, connect. to 8" WM 2 EA .c; 000 c;y /() 000 ~ 118 Wet-tap, 6" x 6" wI tapping sleeve & valve, connection to 8" WM 2 EA '1 BOn ~ "1' {Deo 9J 120 Adjustment! replacement of water valve boxes 27 EA (,00 <P 1(".wn 'Qt). 121 Adjustment! replacement of water meter boxes 44 EA 6a)<!9 3-:: ZOO c;9 WATER SUB-TOTAL 5'-1859S .5l 202 WATER 10% CONTINGENCY 54 ~s~.so WATER TOTAL & 10% CONTINGENCY L.O.?':~s-4. !"o SEWER , 103 Replacement! adjustment of sanitary sewer laterals and cleanouts 10 EA ~,~n() ~ .2A, (')(Y) ~ 119 Adjustment! replacement of manhole rings and covers 18 EA 9 Of) 0..9 liD 0() z.co - SEWER SUB-TOTAL ~J 7 fY) Q!;J 203 SEWER 10% CONTINGENCY 5'. #>/ ZO ~ TOTAL SEWER & 10% Contingency 5't (, z.o '!E , UTILITIES SUB-TOTAL IIOl- f.9S '2.." UTILITIES 10 ~/;; CONTINGENC' (,0 L:t.'t ~o. TOTAL UTILITIES & 10% Contingency ~,,~. O:P/ ~ BASE BID CONTRACT SUB-TOTAL )O,2!:.f::), SlO. <is'o BASE BID CONTRACT 10% COTINGENCY I 02.!l- OSl, 0)" BASE BID CONTRACT GRAND TOTAL II 27;)~(,.1. qX TOTAL BASE BID II'?.7S" Sb( .gK 20 I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ------ CONTRACTOR: G I Ab5 ; ~& 1~TB1Z.....;1N C . BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (numbers): $ II, 21S,Sfo(.gJ( BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL (written); '=If::1IgJ MI(. (lQ"-J -T\UQ HuM/J.l~ +-1 tJ6 ~Rt::.V') s \ ~ - IVt:- l/J THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE; ESTIMATED QUATlTIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING THE BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. 21 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Cleveland Street Streetscape City of Clearwater SECTION V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Type ofthe Contract. 3. Products ordered in advance. 4. Use of premises. 5. Owner's occupancy requirements. 6. Work restrictions. 7. Specification formats and conventions. 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Cleveland Street Streetscape and Station Square Park 1. Project Location: Clearwater, Florida B. Owner: City of Clearwater, Florida 1. Owner's Representative: Mr. Tim Kurtz C. Landscape Architect: Bellomo-Herbert & Company, Inc. D. The Work consists of the following: 1. The Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, demolition, roadway, paving, drainage, water distribution, special features and furnishings, electrical distribution and lighting, gas distribution, landscaping and irrigation. 1.4 TYPE OF CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a single unit cost contract. 1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Not applicable SUMMARY OF WORK 01100 - 1 SUMMARY OF WORK 01100 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 1.6 USE OF PREMISES A. General: Each Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project site, during construction period. Each Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. General: Each Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits. Limited use shall mean that vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall be maintained during the duration of construction. Refer to the Maintenance of Traffic plans in the contract drawings for more specific information. Pedestrian traffic shall be maintained, and temporary walks shall be in place during the duration of the project except for those times that work is being done in that immediate area. Temporary walk shall mean plywood, asphalt, or other firm walking surface, to be agreeable to and accepted by the City. 1. Limits: Confine constructions operations to within the limits of construction as indicated on drawings and to staging area, also indicated on drawings. 2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy at adjacent buildings and public access to these buildings. Protect building and its occupants during construction period. 1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed during normal business working hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except otherwise indicated. B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner not less than five days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Whenever a conflict appears between the plans and specifications, the more stringent requirement shall apply. If a conflict is of such a nature as to require a decision, then a written request for clarification must be made prior to starting that phase of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01115 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES PART I GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work included: This Section applies to situations in which the Contractor or his representatives, including, but not necessarily limited to suppliers, subcontractors employees and field engineers enter, have access to and conduct themselves on the Owner's property. B. Related work: Work affecting this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to General Conditions, supplementary Conditions and all Divisions of these Specifications. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain a location on the project site with telephone facilities where he or a responsible representative of his organization may be reached at any time while work is in progress. B. The project superintendent or his appointed representative shall be on site during all normal working hours, and whenever the Contractors personnel or any Subcontractors personnel are working after normal working hours or on weekends. 1.3 USE OF PUBLIC STREETS A. The use of Public streets shall be such as to provide minimum of inconvenience to the public and to other traffic. Any earth or other excavated material spilled from trucks shall be removed immediately by the Contractor and the streets cleaned to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1.4 PROJECT SIGNS A. The Contractor is required to prepare and display two (2) public project information signs during the full course of the contract period, from the start of construction until the request for fmal payment. B. The particular wording to be used on the sign will be determined after contract award has been approved. The Contractor will be provided with the wording to be used on the sign at the preconstruction conference. C. Sign design: 1. Signs shall be fixed, 4 ft.x 8 ft. in size, and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood ofthe same size and a minimum thickness ofW'. 2. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 3. Sign background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in dark blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. 4. Basic lettering on signs shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. 5. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure treated 4x4 below grade pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. 6. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. 7. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24" above the ground. CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES 01115-01 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 8. - Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. D. Sign placement: 1. Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. 2. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. 3. Sign location(s) to be approved by Owner prior to installation. E. Sign maintenance: 1. The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, maintenance, replacement, removal, and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. 1.5 CARE OF TREES, SHRUBS AND GRASS A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for maintaining in good condition all cultivated trees indicated on the plans to remain. 1.6 OBSTRUCTIONS A. All water pipes, storm drains, force mains, gas or other pipe, telephone or power cables or conduits, curbs, sidewalks and all other obstructions, whether or not shown, shall be temporarily removed from, or supported across utility line excavations. Where it is necessary to temporarily interrupt house, business services or the owners services, the Contractor shall notify the Owner, both before the interruption and again immediately before service is resumed. Before disconnecting any pipes, conduits or cables the Contractor shall obtain permission form their Owner, or make suitable arrangements for their disconnection by their owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to any such pipes, conduits, or cables and shall restore them to service promptly as soon as the work has progressed past the pint involved. Approximate locations of known water, sanitary, drainage, power and telephone installations along the rote of the new pipelines or in the vicinity of new work are shown, but must be verified in the field by the Contractor. The Contractor shall uncover these pipes, ducts, cables etc., carefully, by hand, prior to installing new utility lines. Any discrepancies or differences found shall be brought to the attention ofthe Owner in order that the necessary changes may be made to permit installation of new pipe. These conditions are supplemental the General requirements elsewhere in these specifications. 1.7 PLANNED DISRUPTIONS OR SERVICE OUTAGES A. Prior to the shutting off, disruption, or otherwise modifying the following existing services, the Contractor must request authorization in writing from Owner and local governing body if required. Electric Power (service) to a building Electrical Circuits and Subfeeders Gas Water Sewer - Sanitary CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES 01115-02 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Fire Water Reclaimed Water Telephone Other services not noted, etc. B. All contractors, subcontractors or vendors are required to get the approval of the Owner before taking any of the actions noted below, to the systems noted. 1. Actions: a. Shutting off, turning on, tripping, (valves, circuit breakers, disconnect switches or other operation devices.). b. Connecting to or disconnecting from. 2. Systems: a. Electrical Power and Lighting Panels, Switchboards, Transfer Switches, Motor Starters, communication & telephone. b. Gas Systems c. Water, Sanitary Lines, and other Piping Systems. C. Requests for service interruptions must state type of service to be interrupted, areas to be affected, duration of interruption, and the name of the person (on-site) who will supervise and is responsible for the project. 1.8 DAMAGE TO EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for and make good all damage to the pavement beyond the limits of the contract, buildings, telephone or other cables, water pipes, sanitary pipes, or other structures which may be encountered, whether or not shown on the drawings. B. Information shown on the Drawings as to the location of existing utilities has been prepared from the most reliable data available to the Landscape Architect. This information is not guaranteed. It shall be this Contractors responsibility to determine the location, character and depth of any existing utilities. He shall assist the utility companies, by every means possible to determine said locations. Extreme caution shall be exercised to eliminate any possibility of any damage to utilities resulting from his activities. C. Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of materials as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair, at no additional cost to the Owner. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Promptly upon award of the Contract, notify all pertinent personnel regarding requirements of CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES 01115-03 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE I I this Section. B. Require that all personnel who will enter upon the Owner's property certifY their awareness of and familiarity with the requirements of this section. I CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES 01115-04 I " I - I I I \, I I I ~ I I I \1 I I 1.10 RECORDS A. Maintain an accurate record of the names and Identification of all persons entering upon the Owner's property in connection with the Work of this Contract Including times of entering and leaving. 1.11 SAFETY A. Contractors shall adhere to applicable OSHA regulations (Of special concern is providing appropriate personal protective equipment, adequate fire suppression equipment, properly installed and maintained temporary wiring and adequate scaffolding). B. Contractors shall furnish all warning signs, detours, and temporary facilities necessary for the protection and safety of all employees. 1. All construction areas to which non-construction personnel have access shall be marked with readily visibly warning signs (such as "Danger - Construction Area") C. Contractors are responsible for the safe handling, storage, and disposal of all waste material off-site on a timely basis. No trash or materials should be left on site. 1.12 DRESS AND CONDUCT A. All construction personnel shall maintain a neat general appearance at all times. Shirts, trousers and proper shoes are required apparel. Sandals or flip-flops will not be permitted. B. Anyone choosing to wear clothing with offensive words, pictures, etc., will be required to cover or change clothing even if to do so required loss of time from the job. C. Any complaint resulting from construction personnel's action will be investigated. If complaints are verified, it can be cause for that person to be removed for the project. END OF SECTION 01115 I I I I' I I I I I i I I I I t I a I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division I Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Landscape Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: The Landscape Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by Landscape Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within two weeks after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. CONTRACT MODIFICA nON PROCEDURES 01250 - 1 I I I I I il il I I i I I I, I it I. t I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Landscape Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. An Owner's approval of a Proposal Request will be issued for each proposal within 2 weeks of receipt. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l I II CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders. 2. Division 1 Section "Measurement & Payment" for procedures for measurement and payment for unit price item. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, Insurance, overhead, and profit. B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured by the Owner's representative. UNIT PRICES 01270 - 1 UNIT PRICES 01270 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I 'I' , I I Ii I ,I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01270 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ---- CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 01275 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation provided in the Contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools and equipment for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the Contract, plus any miscellaneous items and services that may not be specifically identified in the Contract Drawings and Specifications but that can be inferred from the Contract Drawings and Specifications and are necessary to produce a completed Work that is usable in a manner for which it was intended. If any items for a complete work are omitted or not shown, the Contractor shall furnish and install them without additional cost to the Owner, and also in full payment for all loss or damages arising from the nature of the Work, or from any discrepancy between the actual quantities of Work and quantities herein estimated by the Landscape Architect, or from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the Work until the final acceptance by the Owner. B. The prices stated in the Bid Form include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor, equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the Work as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. The basis of payment for an item at the unit price shown in the proposal shall be in accordance with the description of that item in this Section. C. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for the various items ofW ork are intended to establish a total price for completing the Work in its entirety. Should the Contractor feel that the cost for any item of Work has not been established by the Bid Form or Payment Items, he shall include the cost for that Work in some other applicable bid item, so that his proposal for the Proj ect does reflect his total price for completing the Work in its entirety. D. The Contractor shall prepare and submit an Application for Payment once per month. E. Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 1.2 MEASUREMENT A. The quantities for payment under this Contract shall be determined by actual measurement of the completed items, in place, ready for use and accepted by the Owner, in accordance with the applicable method of measurement therefore contained herein. A representative of the Contractor shall witness all field measurements. 1.3 PAYMENT ITEMS, BASE BID Bid Item No.s 1, 2 & 3 - Mobilization, General Conditions and Demobilization 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the Proj ect and demobilizing for ending work on the Project. The establishment of field offices, buildings, safety equipment, first MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities, as required by these Specifications, State and local laws and any other preconstruction expense necessary for the state of the Work; the cost of field engineering, permits and fees, construction schedules, preconstruction video and photographs, construction photographs, project signs, shop drawings, temporary facilities, lay down storage area, construction aids, erosion control, work associated with Contractor support during Owner/Engineer testing, reviews and inspection, re-inspection and any rework resulting from same, cleaning, proj ect records documents, operating and maintenance data. The Contractor shall submit invoices substantiating the cost of mobilization with each pay request. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price for the item and will be made in only four installments spaced out evenly overthe construction duration. Bid Item No.4 - Bonds, Insurance 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes all General Conditions, Bonds, and Permits, all Insurance requirement costs, the costs of all bonds, permits, and all administrative costs associated with acquiring and maintaining the necessary coverage as described in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price for the item. Bid Item No.5 - Project Sign 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes constructing and installing the project information sign, including the sign, lumber, plywood, paint, and all other appurtenances for a complete and installed sign. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for each project sign installed on the project. Bid Item No.6 - Maintenance of Traffic 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes all work and materials for furnishings signs, barrier walls, barricades, warning arrows or signs, flashing lights, wall mount lights, pavement markers, impact attenuator, variable message signs, and all supports and necessary hardware, installation of materials, relocating materials, maintaining and removing signs, barricades, markers, and all other appurtenances for a complete traffic maintenance as per plans. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. Bid Item No.7 - Tree Barricades 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the construction of tree barricades around existing trees as detailed within the Construction Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --- CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE Bid Item No.8 - Remove existing asphalt roadway 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes removal and disposal of all existing asphalt roadways as indicated in areas shown in the Contract Documents, including all asphalt, base, sub-base, gravel, underlying concrete, brick, or pavement, and any other materials associated with the existing roadway. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured in square yards. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per square yard of asphalt and other materials as listed above, removed. Bid Item No. 9- Remove existing concrete curbs 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes removal and disposal of all existing concrete curbs along roadways in areas shown in the Contract Documents, including all curbing, base, sub-base, gravel, underlying concrete or pavement, and any other materials associated with the existing curbing. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of curb and other materials as listed above, removed. Bid Item No. 10 - Mill existing asphalt pavement (1" depth) 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting, and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and! or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all other appurtenances necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured in square yards. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per square yard of area milled, complete and accepted. Bid Item No. 11 - Clearing 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the removal of all sidewalk pavers, concrete bands, concrete paving, tile, planters, planter foundations, sign footings, pedestrian lights, concrete lights, light footings, electric pull boxes, meters, fIre hydrants, signs as indicated, trees, shrubs, and all other materials shown in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as a lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. Bid Item No. 12 - Grading 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment item consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials required to rough and fIne grade existing areas and new fIll to elevations specifIed and to meet existing grade at limit of work and uncleared areas. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be lump sum. Basis of payment: Payment shall be made at the Contract lump sum price. 2. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE Bid Item No. 13 - Removal of items noted for removal 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the removal and disposal of those items indicated to remove in the Contract Documents, including concrete, planters, trees, plant materials, sod, signs, meters, and all other materials shown 'to be removed' in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as a lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump. sum price. Bid Item No. 14 - Salvage and delivery of items noted to be salvaged 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the salvaging and delivering to the City those items indicated to salvage in the Contract Documents, including all pavers, signs, site furnishings, metal lights, trees, shrubs, fountain parts, and all other materials shown 'to be salvaged' in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as a lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. Bid Item No.s 15 through 19 - Conductor 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the labor and materials, including trenching, backfilling and restoration, required for a complete and accepted installation. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured in linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot installed. Bid Item No.s 20, 21, and 22 - Conduit 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the labor and materials, including trenching, backfilling and restoration, required for a complete and accepted installation. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured in linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot installed. Bid Item No. 23 - 120 V Outlet 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the labor and materials required for a complete and accepted installation. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per outlet installed. Bid Item No. 24 - Pull Box 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes full compensation for the labor and materials required for a complete and accepted installation. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as.each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per pull box installed. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --- CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE Bid Item No. 25 - Load Center (secondary) 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes the service pole, insulators, weatherheads, transformers, enclosures, panel boards, breakers, safety switches, H.O.A. switches, lighting protectors, fuses, photoelectric assembly, meter base, and all external and internal conduit and conductors for the services as indicated in the plans and the Design Standards. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per assembly. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per load center assembly installed. Bid Item No. 26 - Step light in Station Square Park 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing and installing step lights in Station Square Park, including lights, casings, attachments, and all wiring and other appurtenances for a fully functioning light as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per step light installed. Bid Item No. 27 - Sign reflector light in Station Square Park 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing and installing sign reflector lights in Station Square Park, including lights, casings, attachments, and all wiring and other appurtenances for a fully functioning light as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per sign reflector light installed. Bid Item No.s 28 & 29 - Uplights 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing and installing uplights, including lights, casings, attachments, and all wiring and other appurtenances for a fully functioning light as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per light installed. Bid Item No.s 30 & 31 - Sign single post 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing and installing signs, poles, footings, attachments and brackets, and other appurtenances for a complete sign as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per assembly. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per assembly installed. Bid Item No. 32 - Sign Existing (remove) 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes removing of all signs, poles, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-5 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE footings, attachments and brackets, and other appurtenances for a complete sign as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per assembly. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per assembly removed. Bid Item No.s 33 through 37 - Solid or skip, white or yellow paint 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing paint, as per color indicated in the Contract Documents, and painting, as detailed and located in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of paint installed. Bid Item No. 38 & 39,-- Directional arrows & Pavement messages, paint 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing paint, as per color indicated in the Contract Documents, painting directional arrows and pavement messages, as detailed and located in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per directional arrow & pavement message painted. Bid Item No.s 40 through 44 - Solid or skip, white or yellow thermo 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing thermoplastic traffic stripes and markings, as per color indicated in the Contract Documents, and installing, as detailed and located in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of paint installed. Bid Item No. 45 & 46 - Directional arrows (thermo) & Pavement Messages (railroad) (thermo) 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing and installing thermoplastic arrows & pavement messages, as per color indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per directional arrow & pavement message installed. Bid Item No. 47 - Pavement Markings (sharrows) (thermo) 1. Description: This measurement and payment item includes providing thermoplastic paint, as per color indicated in the Contract Documents, and installing pavement markings, as detailed and located in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per pavement marking installed. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE Bid Item No.s 48 through 79 - All Signalization Items The description, measurement, and payment for these items shall be determined per pay item number as listed within FDOT Standards and Specifications for Roadway and Bridge Construction, latest edition, except for bid items no. 67 and 68, which shall be paid for as follows: 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of traffic signal auxiliaries as detailed within the Contract Documents and the FDOT Minimum Specifications for Traffic Control Signal Devices, section A659,.latest edition. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per each item installed. Bid Item No. 80 - 4" Conduit 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of ITS conduit as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of conduit installed. Bid Item No. 81 - Pull Box (fiber optic) 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of fiber optic pull boxes as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per pull box installed. Bid Item No.s 82 through 88 - RCP pipe 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the reinforced concrete pipe, including pipe, filter fabric wrap, and other appurtenances as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of pipe installed and accepted, measured along the centerline of the pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Bid Item No.s 89 & 90 - ERCP pipe 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the elliptical reinforced concrete pipe, including pipe, filter fabric wrap, and other appurtenances as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-7 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of pipe installed and accepted, measured along the centerline of the pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Bid Item No. 91- 12" PVC drainage pipe 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation ofthe PVC pipe as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of pipe installed and accepted, measured along the centerline of the pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Bid Item No.s 92 through 95 - Inlets 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of inlets as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per inlet installed. Bid Item No. 96- 12" yard drain wi decorative metal cover 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials, including cover, pipe, attachments, and all other appurtenances required for the installation of yard drain in Station Square Park as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per yard drain installed. Bid Item No.s 97 & 98 - Manholes 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of manholes as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per manhole installed. Bid Item No. 99- Baffle box 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of a baffle box as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per baffle box installed. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE I Bid Item No. 100- Trench drain I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the trench drain in Station Square Park as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of trench drain installed. I I I Bid Item No. 101- Connect pipe to existing inlet 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required to connect pipe to an existing inlet as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per location of pipe connected to existing inlet. I I Bid Item No. 102- Erosion Control Measures I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation various erosion control measures, including construction fence, turbidity barriers, protection for drains to remain, and all other measures as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. I Bid Item No.1 03 - Adjustment/ replacement of sanitary sewer laterals and cleanouts I I I 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for replacement and, if necessary, adjustment of existing sanitary sewer laterals and cleanouts. Replacement laterals shall be of 6" PVC and shall run from the sewer main back to three feet behind the back of curb. Follow all City of Clearwater details, standards, and specifications for adjustment and replacement of sanitary sewer laterals and cleanouts. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on the total number of laterals adjusted or replaced, properly installed, tested and backfilled. I I I Bid Item No. 104 - 8" PVC Water Main 4. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the 8" water main, including all pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances for a fully functioning water main. 5. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be linear foot. 6. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on the total number of linear feet of pipe properly installed, tested and backfilled, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. I I MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-9 - CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE Bid Item No. 105 ~ 8" Gate valve and box 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the 8" gate valve complete with box and cover. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per valve and box installed. Bid Item No. 106 ~ 12" PVC Water Main 7. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the 12" water main, including all pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances for a fully functioning water main. 8. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be linear foot. 9. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on the total number of linear feet of pipe properly installed, tested and backfilled, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. Bid Item No. 107 ~ 12" Gate valve and box 4. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the 12" gate valve complete with box and cover. 5. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 6. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per valve and box installed. Bid Item No. 108 ~ Park Service Line 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the park service potable water line from the meter to Station Square Park and the fountain vault, including all pipe, conduit, fittings, and other appurtenances. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on the total number of linear feet of pipe properly installed, tested and backfilled. Bid Item No. 1 09 ~ Fire Hydrant Assembly 1. Description: The work for this Measurement and Payment Item consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials for the complete installation of the fire hydrant assembly including the related gate valve, any necessary thrust anchorage, 6" pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made for each complete, tested, and accepted installation. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE I I I I I I I Bid Item No. 110 - Building Service, complete 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of water services for existing buildings, complete including all pipe, tapping saddle, valves, fittings, meter boxes, etc. as shown in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made for each complete, tested and accepted servIce. Bid Item No. III - Station Square Park water service, complete to meter 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of water service up to and including the water meter from Station Square Park, including all pipe, fittings, and all other appurtenances for functional water service as shown in the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on each complete, tested and accepted service. Bid Item No. 112 - Station Square Park, fountain vault service, complete I I I I I I 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required to provide water service to fountain vault at Station Square Park. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on the number of water services installed and accepted. Bid Item No. 113 - Hose Bib, in flush locking box, complete with service 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of hose bibs as located within the Contract Documents, and including all piping, fixtures, fittings, locking valve boxes, and all other appurtenances for a fully functioning hose bib. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on the total number of hose bibs properly installed, tested and backfilled. Bid Item No.s 114 through 118- Wet-taps I I I I 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of wet-taps, including tapping sleeve and valve, tapping machine, all piping, valves, and other appurtenances necessary for a complete installation. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made based on each wet-tap properly installed, tested, accepted and backfilled. I MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-11 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE Bid Item No. 119- Rep1acement/ Adjustment of manhole rings and covers 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for adjustment and/or replacement of all existing manhole rings and covers as per new elevations and/or due to impacts from construction, including changes in roadway layout and design, construction activities, and maintenance of traffic throughout construction. Adjustment and replacement shall follow City of Clearwater Utility Department standards or Florida Department of Transportation regulations if no regulation or specification is identified within the City's standards. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made based on each manhole ring and cover adjusted or replaced, and accepted. Bid Item No. 120- Replacement/ Adjustment of water valves 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for adjustment and/or replacement of all water valves as per new elevations and/or due to impacts from construction, including changes in roadway layout and design, construction activities, and maintenance of traffic throughout construction. Adjustment and replacement shall follow City of Clearwater Utility Department standards or Florida Department of Transportation regulations if no regulation or specification is identified within the City's standards. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made based on each water valve adjusted or replaced, and accepted. Bid Item No. 121- Replacement/ Adjustment of water meter boxes 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for adjustment and/or replacement of all existing manhole rings and covers as per new elevations and/or due to impacts from construction, including changes in roadway layout and design, construction activities, and maintenance of traffic throughout construction. Adjustment and replacement shall follow City of Clearwater Utility Department standards or Florida Department of Transportation regulations if no regulation or specification is identified within the City's standards. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made based on each water meter box adjusted or replaced, and accepted. Bid Item No. 122 - Stabilization Type B 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment Item consists of the number of square yards of stabilized sub grade in place and accepted as called for on the plans including roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be square yard. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-12 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE I I I I I I I 3. Basis of Payment: Payment shall be made at the Contract unit price based on the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT' s 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. Bid Item No. 123 - Base 1. Description: This Measurement and Payment item consists of all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as square yard. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per square yard of base installed and accepted, and the maximum allowable deficiency shall be W'. Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. I I I Bid Item No. 124 - Superpave asphaltic conc. (traffic B) I I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials including preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work required for the installation of the superpave asphaltic concrete material as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as ton. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per ton of asphaltic concrete installed and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. Adjustment to the Unit Bid Price for Asphalt-When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: I I I I Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: www.dot.state.fl.us.Itis under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index", For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. I MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-13 -- CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: Density per Section 330-11 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of W' or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, byeither replacing the full thickness. for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of W' or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. Bid Item No. 125 - Asphaltic Concrete Friction Course (FC-12.5) 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the asphaltic concrete friction course as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as ton. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per ton of asphaltic concrete installed and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. Bid Item No. 126 through 128 - Concrete curb 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of concrete curb as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of curb installed. Bid Item No. 129 - Concrete Gutter 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of concrete gutter as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of concrete gutter installed. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --- I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE Bid Item No. 130 - Concrete flush curb around trees, streetscape and St. Sq. Pk. I I I I I I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of concrete flush curb as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of concrete flush curb installed. Bid Item No. 131 - Isolation Joint 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the isolation joint as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear foot. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear foot of isolation j oint installed. Bid Item No. 132 - 4" Concrete Sidewalk I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of concrete sidewalks, including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as square yard. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per square yard of sidewalk installed. Bid Item No.s 133 through 142- Pavers I I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the pedestrian, vehicular, and truncated dome pavers, including pavers, setting bed, concrete base, compacted sub- grade, and all other appurtenances as detailed within the Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as square yard. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per square yard of pavers installed. Bid Item No. 143- Specialty paver intersection I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the specialty paver intersections, including all pavers, cut and colored, setting bed, concrete base, compacted sub-grade, and all other appurtenances to install the intersection as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per specialty intersection installed. I I I MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-15 -~ CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE Bid Item No.s 144 & 145 - 18" concrete bands 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of concrete bands, including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolationjoints, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as square yard. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per square yard of banding installed. Bid Item No. 146 - Steps, St. Sq. Pk. - curved, 24" treads, 3 steps, stained conc. 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of curved concrete steps, including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of curved concrete steps installed. Bid Item No. 147 - Steps, St. Sq. Pk. - straight, 12" treads, 5 steps, std. conc. 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of straight concrete steps, including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured per linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of straight concrete steps installed. Bid Item No.148 - Handicap ramp in St. Sq. Park - straight 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the straight handicap ramp, including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, wall, handrails and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum pnce. Bid Item No.149 - Handicap ramp in St. Sq. Park - curved 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the curved handicap ramp, including all concrete, reinforcement, compacted sub-grade, isolation joints, wall, handrails and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: The unit of measurement for this item will be lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum pnce. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-16 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - - I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE I Bid Item No. 150 through 152- Planter Pots I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of planter pots along the streetscape, including pots, drainage gravel, planting soil, soil separator, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per pot installed. I Bid Item No.s 153 through 158- Site Furnishings I I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of all site furnishings along the streetscape and within Station Square Park, including benches, trash receptacles, bike racks, sphere bollards, umbrella tables, four-top tables, movable chairs, anchors, and other footings, hardware, and appurtenances as per manufacturer's specifications and as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per site furnishing provided and installed. I I I Bid Item No. 159- Historic Pillar I I I I I I I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of complete historic pillars, including concrete footings, concrete masonry units, rebar, compacted sub-grade, cast stone veneer and caps, lighting, hardware, and appurtenances as per manufacturer's specifications and as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per site furnishing provided and installed. Bid Item No. 160 - Removable bollards at Station Square Park 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of removable bollards at Station Square Park, including bollards, pipe, concrete footing, compacted subgrade, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per bollard installed. Bid Item No. 161 - Drinking fountain in Station Square Park 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of drinking fountains within Station Square Park, including fountains, piping, water service, electric service, foundations, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per fountain installed. I MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-17 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE Bid Item No. 162- Street Clock at Station Square Park 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the street clock in Station Square Park, including clock, concrete footing, anchor bolts, rebar, wire mesh, electrical service, lamps, compacted sub grade, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per clock installed. Bid Item No. 163- Fountain at Station Square Park 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the fountain and fountain vault at Station Square Park, including fiberglass preplumbed vault, excavation, compacted sub grade, piping, sleeving, electric, plumbing, pump, decorative precast concrete fountain with pedestal, decorative precast concrete scuppers, colored concrete fountain pool walls and bottom, drains, sensors, underwater lighting, junction boxes, nozzles, finishes and waterproofing, filters, and other equipment and appurtenances for a fully functioning fountain as per Contract Documents 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. Bid Item No. 164 - Decorative Entry Arch in Station Square Park 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the entry arch at Station Square Park, including cast stone pedestal, concrete, footings, compacted sub grade, aluminum posts, pickets, and castings, post ball, tube rail, lights, lettering, painting and other finishing, and all other appurtenances as per Contract Documents 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. Bid Item No. 165- Sliding entry gate, St. Sq. Pk. 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of a fully operationsl sliding entry gate. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. Bid Item No. 166- Picket fence on stucco wall, Station Square Park 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the decorative picket fence in Station Square Park, including concrete footings, rebar, compacted sub-grade, cast stone, aluminum fencing, posts, and railings, fasteners, paints and finishes, and all other appurtenances as per Contract Documents 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for linear feet of fencing installed. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-18 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE I Bid Item No. 167- Decorative Aluminum Trellis with post and base, Station Square Park I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of the decorative trellis in Station Square Park, including aluminum beams, joists, posts, trim, and plates, concrete base, stone veneer, decorative buttons, precast concrete caps, concrete footings, rebar, , anchor bolts, and all other appurtenances as per Contract Documents 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as lump sum. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract lump sum price. I I Bid Item No.s 168 through 172- Walls, Station Square Park I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of walls in Station Square Park, including concrete footings, concrete masonry units, rebar, compacted sub-grade, cast stone veneer and caps, stucco, dowels, and all other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price for linear feet of wall installed. I I I Bid Item No.s 173 & 174- Decorative Signs I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of decorative directory and pillar signs along the streetscape, including concrete base, concrete masonry units, concrete, concrete footings, compacted sub grade, rebar, wire mesh, stone veneer, caps, sign plates, plexiglass, castings, lighting, paint, attachment hardware, aluminum poles and decorative scroll work, support bars, support posts, planter pots, irrigation and drainage conduit, slag, soil separator fabric, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per sign installed. I I I Bid Item No. 175- Relocated directional sign I 1. Description: 1bis measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the removal, storage, and reinstallation of directional signs as indicated on the Contract Documents. This item shall include the removal of the directional sign, including cutting existing anchors to footing and removal and storage of sign for duration of proj ect until reinstalled. Reinstallation shall include concrete footing, rebar, wire mesh, anchor bolts, compacted subgrade, and other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as each.. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per sign relocated. I I Bid Item No. 176- Root barrier fabric I 1. Description: This measurement and payment item consists of supplying all labor, equipment and materials required for the installation of root barrier fabric in medians, including all fabric, fasteners, and all other appurtenances as per Contract Documents. I I MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-19 - CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 2. Measurement: This item shall be measured as linear feet. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be made at the Contract unit price per linear feet of fabric installed. Bid Item No.s 177 through 197 - Landscape, sod, and mulch 1. Description: This measurement and payment item shall consist of furnishing and providing all labor, plants and materials, tools, and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated within the Contract Documents. This item shall also include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, so finished lawn areas will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. This item also includes plant care and any required replacing of plantings or restoring of damaged areas. 2. Measurement: Measurement of this item includes: A. Plant material - The quantity for payment will be the actual number of each type of plant material or tree planted and accepted. B. Sod- The quantity for payment shall be the actual square footage of sod planted and accepted. C. Mulch - The quantity for payment will be the actual volume quantity of cubic yards of mulch installed and accepted. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment of the work under this section will be paid for at the contract unit prices as listed in the bid form for accepted material. Bid Item No. 198 - Site Irrigation System 1. Description: This measurement and payment item shall consist ofthe installation of a complete irrigation system as delineated on plans, in accordance with applicable section of specifications, and including all valves, piping, wiring, backflow preventers, sprinkler heads, fittings, sleeves, service pipe and drainage pipe to planter pots, lines, sleeves, and emitters to hanging pots, riser steel, controllers, electrical distribution, and all other materials, labor, services, facilities and equipment required for a fully operational and accepted underground irrigation system. Work notes as 'NIC', 'existing', or 'by others' is not included in this pay item. 2. Measurement: This item is a lump sum unit. 3. Basis of Payment: Payment will be a lump sum amount for the complete irrigation system. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01275 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01275-20 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing use of unit pnces. 3. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prior to start of construction, secure the Owner's approval of the Schedule of Values (A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment) required to be submitted under the General Conditions. B. Base requests for payment on the approved schedule of values. 1.4 APPLICA nONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Landscape Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to Landscape Architect by the end of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE C. Payment Application Forms: Use AlA Document G702and AlA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Landscape Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: Submit four (4) signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Landscape Architect by a method ensuring receipt. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary ifnot final). 4. Products list. S. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not fmal). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,; I I I Ii I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE L Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: I. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for fmal changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AlA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AlA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. Evidence that claims have been settled. 7. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 8. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I Ii I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART I-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. ' Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: I. Coordination Drawings. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. Project meetings. B. Related Sections include the following: I. Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout. 1.3 COORDlNA nON A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, which depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. I. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with subcontractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDlNA nON 01310-1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINA nON 01310-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I .1 I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 1. . Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Project closeout activities. 7. Startup and adjustment of systems. 8. Project closeout activities. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Key Personnel Names: Within two weeks of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Landscape Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Landscape Architect, within 3 days of the meeting. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE B. Preconstruction Conference: A preconstruction conference will be scheduled before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner, Owner's Representative, Contractor and Landscape Architect. The conference will be scheduled within 15 days after the Owner has executed the Agreement, but prior to actual start of the Work. The conference will be held at the Project site or another convenient location. The meeting will review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Landscape Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, . including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f. Procedures for requests for interpretations (RFIs). g. Procedures for testing and inspecting. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 1. Distribution of the Contract Documents. J. Submittal procedures. k. Preparation of Record Documents. 1. Use of the premises. m. Work restrictions. n. Owner's occupancy requirements. o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. p. Construction waste management and recycling. q. Parking availability. r. Office, work, and storage areas. s. Equipment deliveries and priorities. t. First aid. u. Security. v. Progress cleaning. w . Working hours. 3. Minutes: Landscape Architect will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. I. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Landscape Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. PRornCT MANAGEMENT AND COORDmATIDN 01310 - 3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Sequence of operations. 2) Status of submittals. 3) Quality and work standards. 4) Status of correction of deficient items. 5) Field observations. 6) Requests for interpretations (RFIs). 7) Status of proposal requests. 8) Pending changes. 9) Status of Change Orders. 10) Documentation of information for payment requests. 3. Minutes: Contractor will record and distribute the meeting minutes. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART I-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Preliminary Construction Schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Submittals Schedule. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes. 3. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three (3) copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of the Work covered. B. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit 3 copies. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit 3 copies of initial schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Landscape Architect's request. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of subcontractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. 1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling. " B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Substantial Completion. C. Activities: Treat each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element ofthe Work. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 2 I I I I I ,I I I' I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE F. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program thathas been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar. 2.4 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Material deliveries. 3. Accidents. 4. Meetings and significant decisions. 5. Unusual events. 6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 7. Meter readings and similar recordings. 8. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Request for Proposals received and implemented. 10. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 11. Services connected and disconnected. 12. Equipment or system tests and startups. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. I. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner, Landscape Architect, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings. 3. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 4. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties. 5. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 6. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Landscape Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Landscape Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings in .dwg format will not be provided by Landscape Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Landscape Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. . D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re-submittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Landscape Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including re-submittals. I. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Landscape Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Re-submittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each re-submittal. E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of fmn or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 x 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Landscape Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Contractor. d. Name and address of subcontractor. e. Submittal number. f. Other necessary identification. F. Submit six (6) copies of submittals to Landscape Architect: One copy for Owners Representative, Two Copies for Landscape Architect with three (3) copies being returned to the Contractor. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Landscape Architect will return submittals, without review if received from sources other than Contractor. 1. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To:). d. Source (From:). e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal number, numbered consecutively. h. Submittal purpose and description. I. Specification Section number and title. J. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 1. Remarks. m. Signature of transmitter. H. Re-submittals: Make re-submittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are approved. I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating approval. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES A. General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be provided to Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the following conditions: 1. Files will be transmitted in PDF format. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with specified referenced standards. 1. Testing by recognized testing agency. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements. 4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 5. Number of Copies: Submit six (6) copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Landscape Architect will return three copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a standard and appropriate scale. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wifing, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. 1. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. 1. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated. n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. o. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches 3. Number of Copies: Submit six (6) bond copies of each submittal. Landscape Architect will return three copies. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 3. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one (1) full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Landscape Architect will return submittal with options selected. E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for Construction Manager's action. F. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." G. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures. " H. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures. " I. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Number of Copies: Submit six (6) copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated. Landscape Architect-will return three copies. a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit three (3) copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Landscape Architect will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity . SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 5 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification {WPS} and Procedure Qualification Record {PQR} on A WS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. E. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. F. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. G. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. I. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. J. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. K. Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. L. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. M. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. N. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE O. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. P. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection. Q. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: I. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. S. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner; do not submit to Landscape Architect. 1. Landscape Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will return the entire submittal for re-submittal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Landscape Architect. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 7 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE . B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Landscape Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. I. Action Submittals: Landscape Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Landscape Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken B. Informational Submittals: Landscape Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Landscape Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non-responsive, and will be returned without review. D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01330 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Landscape Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Landscape Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Landscape Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and mayor may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if REFERENCES 01420 - 1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up- to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG CFR CRD UFAS Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-0080 Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr (888) 293-6498 (202) 512-1530 Handbook for Concrete and Cement Available from Army Corps of Engineers Waterways Experiment Station www.wes.army.mil (601) 634-2355 Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-5434 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations ofthe U.S." B. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as ofthe date ofthe Contract Documents. REFERENCES 01420 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil DBA Davis-Bacon Act Davis-Bacon www.hud.gov/progdesc/old--db.cfm EPA HUD NIST NECA NEMA OSHA UL Environmental Protection Agency www.epa.gov (202) 260-2090 Department of Housing and Urban Development www.hud.gov (202) 708-1112 National Institute of Standards and Technology www.nist.gov (301) 975-6478 National Electrical Contractors Association www.necanet.org (301) 657-3110 National Electrical Manufacturers Association www.nema.org (703) 841-3200 Occupational Safety & Health Administration www.osha.gov (800) 321-6742 (202) 693-1999 (800) 704-4050 (847) 272-8800 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. www.uI.com C. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name.ofthe entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web-site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. FDEP Florida Department of Environmental Protection www.dep.state.fl.us FDOT Florida Department of Transportation www.dot.state.fl.us HRS Florida Department of Health www.doh.state.fl.us SWFWMD REFERENCES Southwest Florida Water Management District www.swfwmd.state.fl.us 01420 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Summary" for limitations on utility interruptions and other work restrictions. 2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for products in those Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Landscape Architect, permanent or temporary roofmg is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures. 1.4 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owners Representative, Landscape Architect, occupants of Project testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFP A 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. C. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. D. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by construction personnel. Install one telephone line for each field office. 1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. 2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. B. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel. C. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500-3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE D. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other signs as indicated on Drawings. Install signs where indicated to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INST ALLA TION A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division 1 Section "Summary." B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. C. Stormwater Control: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. D. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. E. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate temporary enclosures. F. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 3.5 . OPERATION, TERMINATION, ANDREMOV AL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01520 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. All maintenance of traffic work shall conform to the requirements of Section 102 of the Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, dated 2000, except as amended hereinafter. B. The Contractor shall furnish, operate, erect, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings, barricades, warning signs, delineators, flagmen or pilot cars in accordance with the Manual on Traffic Controls and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction Maintenance and Utility Operations published by the FDOT. The Contractor shall also take all necessary precautions for the protection of the work and the safety of the public, in accordance with Section 102 of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. C. Access shall be provided to all residences and all places of business whenever construction interferes with the existing means of access. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FDOT Design Standards (OS) are the minimum standards for use in the development of all traffic control plans. B. The Owner will require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. This Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall: 1. Be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. 2. Be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. 3. Have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. 4. Ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. 5. Be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 01520-1 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE C. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to present his Maintenance of Traffic Plan at the preconstruction conference. This maintenance of traffic plan shall be in graphic and written form, shall follow the maintenance of traffic conceptual plan provided in Contract Documents, and shall include all phasing, transition between phasing, and reestablishment of normal traffic patterns. The Maintenance of Traffic Plan shall include and conform to the following general requirements: 1. This Plan shall be designed to the standard required by construction permits issued by the City of Clearwater and/or the Florida Department of Transportation. 2. The plan shall incorporate the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent edition. 3. For traffic control devices, etc., see the FDOT "Manual on Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction" latest edition. 4. Cost of all barricades, temporary pavement marking and signing to be included in the cost of maintenance of traffic. 5. Local residents and businesses within the area of construction shall be given access to their property during all phases of construction. 6. Plan must be approved by the Landscape Architect and the Owner prior to starting any construction. 7. The Project Engineer shall approve any alteration of approved traffic patterns prior to implementation. 8. The contractor shall be responsible for establishing a work schedule so that any location under construction will not be left in hazardous condition at the completion of any work period. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 01520-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION A. For all roadways but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season, both as defmed by the Owner, without prior approval from the Owner. B. Obtain permits for any Pine lias County and FDOT roadways. C. Provide standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. D. The Contractor shall provide a Message Display Board at a minimum of7-day notice period prior to road closure and during the length of the construction project. E. The Owner's Construction Inspector assigned to the project may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Landscape Architect or Project Inspector. END OF SECTION 01520 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 01520-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01610 PRODUCT. SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTIONS A. Work Included: Make substitutions under the requirements of the Contract Documents, and submit the necessary information required by the contract documents to establish compliance with those documents. B. Individual requirements for Substitutions also may be described in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. General Conditions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordination of Substitutions: 1. Prior to each submittal for Substitution, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. 2. Verify that each item and the data submitted for it conform in all respects with the specified requirements. 3. By affixing the Contractor's signature to each submittal, certify that this coordination has been performed. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Voluntary substitutions shall be made at the time of bidding on the Substitution Request Form. Supportive submittal data; shop drawings, samples, etc., shall be made in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. PART2- PRODUCT 2.1 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM A. Contractor's Base Bid shall be per Drawings and Project Manual using only those manufacturers listed. 1. Voluntary substitutions for products may be requested during bidding period or by submitting completed Substitutions Request Form with the Bid. 2. Landscape Architect will consider requests from the Contractor, utilizing this section for the Substitutions of Products in place of those specified, only when: 1. Substitution is listed at time of bidding, on the form provided therefore in the bidding documents, 2. and when substantiated by the Contractor's submittal data within 20 calendar PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01610-01 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01610-02 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE days after award of the contract. B. Substitution Request Form is attached to this Section. C. Submit separate request for each substitution. 2.2 SUBSTITUTION SUPPORT DATA A. Support each request with: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitutions with requirements stated in Contract Documents. a. Product identification, including manufacture's name and address b. Manufacture's literature; which must identify 1) Product description. 2) Reference Standards. 3) Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date of each installation. 2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with project specified; list significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. Any effect of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of changes required in other work of products. 6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitutions product specified. 7. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 8. Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources or replacement materials. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A. Furnish and install Products specified, under options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. B. Contractor's Options: 1. For Products specified only by reference standard, select Product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. 2. For Products specified by naming several Products or manufacturers, select anyone of products and manufacturers named which complies with specifications. 3. For Product specified by naming several Products or manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", "or equal", or "Landscape Architect approved equivalent", or similar wording, submit a request as for substitutions for any Product or manufacturer which is not specifically named for review and approval by the Landscape Architect. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when; 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 3. In judgment of Landscape Architect, do not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation. 4. If requested after bids are received. E. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without acceptance of Landscape Architect. F. Landscape Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. G. Contractor's Representation: 1. In making formal request for substitution, Contractor represents that: a. He has investigated proposed product and determined that it is equivalent to or superior in all respects to that specified. b. He will provide same warranties or bonds for substitutions as for product specified. c. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. d. He waives claims for additional costs caused by substitutions which may be subsequently become apparent. e. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under his Contract, but not: 1) Costs under separate contracts. f. Cost data need not be submitted if request is for inclusion in an addendum. Requests after Contract award shall contain complete cost comparison. H. Landscape Architect's Duties: 1. Review Contractor's requests for substitution with reasonable promptness. 2. Notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject requested substitution. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01610-03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01610-04 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM: CONTRACT AWARD DATE: TO: PROJECT: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: DRAWING SPEC. SPECIFIED ITEM SECT. NO. PARAGRAPH Proposed Substitution: Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications, which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. Fill in the blanks below. I. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on the Drawings? Yes No If yes, indicate changes. 2. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by requested substitution? Yes No Ifno, fully explain. 3. What affect does substitution have on other Contracts or other trades? 4. What affect does substitution have on the Construction Schedule? 5. Manufacture's Warranties ofthe proposed and specified items are: Same Different (explain on attachment). I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 6. Reason for request: 7. Itemized comparison of specified item (s) with the proposed substitutions; list significant variations: 8. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified. 9. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY FOR EQUAL PERFORMANCE _ Accepted _ Accepted as noted Undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted by: By: Signature Title Date: Firm Address Telephone Date CERTIFICATE OF EQUAL PERFORMANCE: (For Use by Landscape Architect) Accepted _ Accepted as noted Received too late Remarks: Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above items. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. END OF SECTION 01610 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01610-05 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 01731- CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. These may include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. 2. Control systems. 3. Communication systems. 4. Conveying systems. 5. Electrical wiring systems. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 1 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Landscape Architect's opinion, reduce the site's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREP ARA TION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.3 I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE .B. Protection:. Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: A void interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Utility Services and MechanicallElectrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. CUITING AND PATCHING 01731 - 3 CUITING AND PATCHING 01731 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Walls: Where walls that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. END OF SECTION 01731 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Warranties. 3. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division I Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list). 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals and similar [mal record information. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 7. Complete startup testing of systems. 8. Submit test/adjustlbalance records. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 1 1.4 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE I I I I I I 9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, construction tools, and similar elements. 10. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 11. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Landscape Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Landscape Architect, which must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. I I I I FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting fmal inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures. " 2. Submit certified copy of Landscape Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Landscape Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. I I I I I I I B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Landscape Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Landscape Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Proj ect Manual. I. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-l/2-by-II-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, Project number, and name of Contractor. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. a. Clean Project site in areas disturbed by construction activities, including roadway areas, sidewalks, medians, landscape areas, etc. within and directly adjacent to the limits of construction of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep all paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Proj ect site. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. Remove labels that are not permanent. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. e. f. g. h. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 1. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. J. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. k. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 1. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. m. Leave Project site clean and ready for public use. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Proj ect site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Warranties. 3. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division I Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list). 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals and similar fmal record information. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 7. Complete startup testing of systems. 8. Submit test/adjustlbalance records. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 1 I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, construction tools, and similar elements. 10. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. II. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. I I I B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Landscape Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Landscape Architect, which must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. I I l. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. I 2. I 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION l. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures. " 2. Submit certified copy of Landscape Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Landscape Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. I I A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: I I B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Landscape Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Landscape Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. I I CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2 I I I I I l. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Landscape Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. I. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-l/2-by-II-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, Project number, and name of Contractor. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. a. Clean Project site in areas disturbed by construction activities, including roadway areas, sidewalks, medians, landscape areas, etc. within and directly adjacent to the limits of construction of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep all paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. A void disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. g. Remove labels that are not permanent. h. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. i. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. j. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. k. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 1. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. m. Leave Project site clean and ready for public use. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SECTION 01781- PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents of the Work in those Sections. . I .3 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: I. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Final Submittal: Submit one (1) set of marked-up Record Prints, one (1) set of Record Transparencies, and two (2) copies printed from Record Transparencies. Print each Drawing of the full drawing set, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. 1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record Product Data. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 2 I I, I I ,I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one (1) set of blue- or black-line prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of footings. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Locations of concealed internal utilities. 1. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. J. Changes made following Landscape Architect's written orders. k. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. I. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. m. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Transparencies: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion,. review marked-up Record Prints with Owner's Representative. Prepare a full set of corrected transparencies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on Record Prints. Erase, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 2. Refer instances of uncertainty to Owner's Representative for resolution. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor one set of transparencies of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. 4. Print the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for use as Record Transparencies. 2.2 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one (1) copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Owner's Representative and Landscape Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 01781 1; PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01781 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Cleveland Street Streetscape City of Clearwater SECTION V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 SITE WORK I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I, I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - SECTION 02000- SITE WORK . PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-l Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. These general site work requirements apply to all site work operations. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding materials, methods of work, and disposal of excess and waste materials. B. Obtain and pay for all required inspections, permits, and fees. Provide notices required by governmental authorities. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Visit the site and examine the existing conditions. Note the character and extent of work involved. B. Locate and identify existing underground and overhead services and utilities within contract limit work areas. Provide adequate means of protection of utilities and services designed to remain. Repair utilities damaged during site work operations at Contractor's expense. C. Arrange for disconnection, disconnect and seal or cap all utilities and services designated to be removed before start of site work operations. Perform all work in accordance with the requirements of the applicable utility company or agency involved. D. When uncharted or incorrectly charted underground piping or other utilities and services are encountered during site work operations, notify the applicable utility company immediately to obtain procedure directions. Cooperate with the applicable utility company in maintaining active services in operation. E. Locate, protect, and maintain bench marks, monuments, control points and project engineering reference points. Re-establish disturbed or destroyed items at Contractor's expense. F. Perform site work operations and the removal of debris and waste materials to assure minimum interference with streets, walks, and other adjacent facilities. G. Prior to commencement of other work, the contractor shall install silt fencing and other erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with the plans. These measures shall be monitored and repaired on a weekly basis, and/or following rain events greater than 0.5- inches. H. Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work. Dampen surfaces as required. Comply with pollution control regulations of governing authorities. Burning of debris is typically not permitted, however the contractor is responsible to obtain permits should he desire to. I. Protect existing buildings, paving and other services or facilities on site and adjacent to the site from damage caused by site work operations. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the engineer. Cost of repair and restoration of damaged items at Contractor's expense. SITE WORK - GENERAL Section 02000-1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE J. Protect and maintain street lights, utility poles and services, traffic signal control boxes, curb boxes, Valves and other services, except items designated for temoVa1.RemoVeor coordinate . the removal of traffic signs, parking meters and postal mail boxes with the applicable governmental agency. Provide for temporary relocation when required to maintain facilities and services in operation during construction work. K. Barricade and cover areas as necessary to protect pedestrians, workmen and adjacent properties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment: As selected by Contractor, except as indicated. B. Fill dirt if brought in from off-site to replace any excavated material, shall be approved by the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which site work is performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Consult the records and drawings of adjacent work and of existing services and utilities which may effect site work operations. END OF SECTION SITE WORK - GENERAL Section 02000-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I Ii CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Protecting existing trees and grass to remain. 2. Removing existing trees, shrubs, groundcovers, plants, and grass. 3. Clearing and grubbing. 4. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements. 5. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities as indicated on plans. 6. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary utilities, temporary construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection facilities, and temporary erosion and sedimentation control procedures. 2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for verifying utility locations and for recording field measurements. 3. Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and Trimming" for protecting trees remaining on-site that are affected by site operations. 4. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site grading. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for materials indicated to remain on Owner's property or to be removed by the Owner, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. SITE CLEARING 02230 - 1 SITE CLEARING 02230 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Photographs and videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees, walks, buildings, structures, adjoining construction, and any and all other site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing. B. Record drawings, according to Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents," identifying and accurately locating capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations. Follow all requirements of approved Maintenance of Traffic Plan. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises where indicated. C. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing. D. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated. C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. I I I I~ I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTA nON CONTROL A. Contractor shall obtain a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection prior to commencement of any work. B. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to NPDES Permit and the requirements of any other authorities having jurisdiction. C. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. D. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. E. Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones, hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks, comb soil to expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible. 1. Backfill with soil as soon as possible. F. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. 1. Employ an arborist, licensed in jurisdiction where Project is located, to submit details of proposed repairs and to repair damage to trees and shrubs. 2. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by Landscape Architect. 3.3 UTILITIES A. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities following approval and notification of Owner. B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Landscape Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. C. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed. D. Removal of underground utilities is included in Division 2 Sections covering site utilities. SITE CLEARING 02230 - 3 SITE CLEARING 02230 - 4 I I I I I I I, I I I I ,I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. 1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated. 2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. 3. Grind stumps and remove roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 12 inches below exposed subgrade. 4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within tree protection zone. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches, and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. 3.5 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction. B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and other improvements as indicated or as necessary to accommodate construction. 1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut length of existing pavement to remain before removing existing pavement. Saw-cut faces vertically. 2. Paint cut ends of steel reinforcement in concrete to remain to prevent corrosion. 3.6 DISPOSAL A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02230 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 02231 - TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the protection and trimming of existing trees that interfere with, or are affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary tree protection. 2. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for removal limits of trees, shrubs, and other plantings affected by new construction. 3. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation, backfilling, compacting and grading requirements, and soil materials. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to remain during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the perimeter drip line of groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule from arborist detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction. C. Qualification Data: For tree service firm and arborist. D. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged. E. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by construction during and after completing the Work. TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231- 1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has successfully completed tree protection and trimming work similar to that required for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project site during execution of tree protection and trimming. B. Arborist Qualifications: An arborist certified by ISA or licensed in the jurisdiction where Project is located. C. Tree Pruning Standard: Comply with ANSI A300 (Part 1), "Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Maintenance--Standard Practices (Pruning)." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Protective Construction Fence: 2x4 pressure treated stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6-8 feet on center. Upright posts shall be at least four (4) feet in length with a minimum of two (2) foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight (8) feet apart. B. Organic Mulch: Pine Bark Mini Nugget mulch free of deleterious materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Install protective construction fencing around tree protection zones prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Maintain temporary fence and remove when construction is complete. B. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one (1) foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 ~ ft. above grade or as follows, whichever is larger: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than two-thirds of the drip line of all other protected trees. 3. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. C. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. D. Mulch areas inside tree protection zones and other areas indicated at 3" depth. E. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree protection zones. Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection zones; prevent soil compaction over root systems. TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231 - 2 I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE F. Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash. G. When a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place untial all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. H. Remove all debris and trash within the protective barrier at the start, during, and before removing barrier. 1. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or benching of excavations. B. Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unless otherwise indicated. C. Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones, hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks and comb soil to expose roots. 3.3 REGRADING 3.4 A. B. C. D. 3.5 A. B. A. Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond tree protection zones. Maintain existing grades within tree protection zones. 1. Place fill layer of topsoil to finish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or topsoil. Hand grade to required finish elevations. TREE PRUNING Prune trees to remain that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune trees to remain to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system. Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as recommended by arborist. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1). Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours. Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to arborist's written instructions. Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that die or are damaged during construction operations that arborist determines are incapable of restoring to normal growth pattern. TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231 - 3 TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING 02231 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1. Provide new trees of 6-inch caliper size and of a species selected by Landscape Architect when damaged trees more than 6 inches in caliper size, measured 12 inches above grade, are required to be replaced. Plant and maintain new trees as specified in Division 2 Section "Landscaping." 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Burning is not permitted. B. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material and displaced trees from Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02231 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Preparing subgrades for walks and pavements. 2. Excavating and backfilling for structures. 3. Base course for concrete walks. 4. Subbase course for concrete slabs beneath interlocking concrete pavers. 5. Subbase and base course for asphalt paving. 6. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 7. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches. 8. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities and pits for buried utility structures. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for recording pre-excavation and earthwork progress. 2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary controls, utilities, and support facilities. 3. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures, site stripping, grubbing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and utilities. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Base Course: Course placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving. C. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. EARTHWORK 02300 - 1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE E. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. 1. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Engineer, shall be without additional compensation. F. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. G. Subbase Course Stabilization: Course placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix asphalt pavement, or course placed between the subgrade and cement concrete pavement. H. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. I. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated: 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Geotechnical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct soil materials testing, as documented according to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 548. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: Classification Groups A-I, A-2-4, A-2-5, and A-3, or a combination ofthese groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7, or a combination of these groups. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. D. Subbase Material: Shall meet the criteria from Section 160-4 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). EARTHWORK 02300 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE E. Base Courses: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum com- pacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on grada- tion to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifica- tions. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Soil Cement Base: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in ac- cordance with Section 270 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane 10- terlayer (ARMl) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARM! layer shall be overlaid with as- phalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P .S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for as- phalt or base. 6. Reworked Base: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the appli- cable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 ofFDOT's Standard Specifi- cations (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. EARTHWORK 02300 - 3 EARTHWORK 02300 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2.2 GEOTEXTILES A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle-punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced: 1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Grab Tensile Strength: 157 lbf; ASTM D 4632. 3. Sewn Seam Strength: 1421bf; ASTM D 4632. 4. Tear Strength: 56 lbf; ASTM D 4533. 5. Puncture Strength: 56 lbf; ASTM D 4833. 6. Apparent Opening Size: No. 70 sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 7. Permittivity: 0.1 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 8. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355. 2.3 CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL A. Controlled Low-Strength Material: Low-density, self-compacting, flowable concrete material in accordance with Section 121 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows: B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored as follows: 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems. 6. Purple: Reuse water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 3.2 DEWATERING A. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance ofthe excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. EARTHWORK 02300 - 5 EARTHWORK 02300 - 6 I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 3.4 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL A. All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off- site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester. B. The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. C. The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 3.5 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.6 BACKFILL A. Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 3.7 PLACEMENT & COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in accordance with Section 120 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3.8 BASE COURSES A. This specification describes the construction of roadway base and sub grade. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, the section on Unsuitable Material Removal of the Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. 3.9 SUBBASE A. All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's EARTHWORK 02300 - 7 EARTHWORK 02300 - 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. B. The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). C. The unit price for sub grade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.11 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02300 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 02510 - WATER DISTRIBUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water-distribution piping and related components outside the building for combined water service and fire-service mains. B. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site, ready for installation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. PE: Polyethylene plastic. B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Coordination Drawings: For piping and specialties including relation to other services in same area, drawn to scale. Show piping and specialty sizes and valves, meter and specialty locations, and elevations. C. Field quality-control test reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For water valves and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention. 2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water-service piping, including materials, installation, testing, and disinfection. 3. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water- service piping, including materials, hose threads, installation, and testing. WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 1 WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. C. Comply with FMG's "Approval Guide" or UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire- service-main products. D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision for frre-service-main piping for fire suppression. E. NSF Compliance: 1. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic potable-water-service piping; Include marking "NSF- pw" on piping. 2. Comply with NSF 61 for materials for water-service piping and specialties for domestic water. 1.6 DELNERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following: 1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces. 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following: 1. Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew- point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. C. Handling: Follow any instructions from the manufacturer. Use sling to handle valves and frre hydrants if size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. E. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor when storing inside. F. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt. G. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. H. Store materials at a location approved by the Engineer. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water-Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water-distribution service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two working days in advance of proposed interruption of servIce. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2. Do not proceed with interruption of water-distribution service without Owner's written penmSSlon. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: ANSI! A WW A C 151/ A21.51 81 or latest revision, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: ANSI! A WW A C 153/ A 21.53, ductile-iron com- pact pattern. Coated and lined in accordance with ANSI! A WW A C 1 04/ A21.4. 2. Gaskets, Nuts and Bolts: ANSI!A WW A C153/A 21.53, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 3. Glands: Shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI! A WW A C 111/ A 21.11. 4. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic manufacture will be acceptable. B. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: A WWA C151, with push-on-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. 1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: ANSI!AWWA C153/A 21.53, ductile-iron com- pact pattern. Coated and lined in accordance with ANSI! A WW A C 1 04/ A21.4. 2. Gaskets, Nuts and Bolts: ANSI!A WWA C153/A 21.53, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 3. Glands: Shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI! A WW A C 111/ A 21.11. 4. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic manufacture will be acceptable. C. Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125, cast iron. 2.2 PE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PE, ASTM Pipe: ASTM D 2239, SDR 9; ofPE compound 3408. 1. Insert Fittings for PE Pipe: ASTM D 2609, made ofPA, PP, or PVC with serrated male insert ends matching inside of pipe. Include bands or crimp rings. 2. Molded PE Fittings: ASTM D 3350, PE resin, socket- or butt-fusion type, made to match PE pipe dimensions and class. B. PE, A WW A Pipe: A WW A C906, SDR 9; of PE compound number 3408. 1. PE, A WW A Fittings: A WW A C906, socket- or butt-fusion type, with DR number matching pipe and PE compound number 3408. C. PE, Fire-Service Pipe: ASTM F 714, A WW A C906, or equivalent for PE water pipe; FMG approved, with minimum thickness equivalent to FMG Class 200. 1. Molded PE Fittings: ASTM D 3350, PE resin, socket- or butt-fusion type, made to match PE pipe dimensions and class. WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 3 WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 2.3 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC, A WW A Pipe: A WW A C900, Class 150, with bell end with gasket, and with spigot end. 1. Comply with UL 1285 for fire-service mains if indicated. 2. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: ANSIJA WWA C153/A 21.53, ductile-iron compact pattern. Coated and lined in accor- dance with ANSIJ A WW A C 1 04/ A21.4. 3. Gaskets, Nuts and Bolts: ANSIJAWWA C153/A 21.53, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 4. Glands: Shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSIJ A WW A C 111/ A 21.11. 5. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic manufacture will be acceptable. B. Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials and Methods" for commonly used joining materials. 2.4 PIPING SPECIALTIES 2.5 GATE VALVES A. AWWA, Cast-Iron Gate Valves: I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; American Flow Control Div. b. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Co. Subsidiary. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. d. McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa). e. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. f. McWane, Inc.; M & H Valve Company Div. g. McWane, Inc.; Tyler Pipe Div.; Utilities Div. h. Mueller Co.; Water Products Div. 1. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company. j. An approved equal 2. Pressure rating: Not less than 150 PSI cold water, non-shock. 3. Marking: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. 4. Operation: Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Valves shall be equipped with two inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. The direction of opening for all valves shall be counter-clockwise. 5. Joints: Shall be suitable for the pipe with which they are used. B. UL/FMG, Cast-Iron Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; American Flow Control Div. b. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Co. Subsidiary. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Div. d. McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa). e. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE . f. Mc Wane, Inc.; M & HValve Company Div. g. Mueller Co.; Water Products Div. h. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company. i. An approved equal. 2. Pressure rating: Not less than 150 PSI cold water, non-shock. 3. Marking: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. 4. Operation: Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Valves shall be equipped with two inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. The direction of opening for all valves shall be counter-clockwise. 5. Joints: Shall be suitable for the pipe with which they are used. 2.6 VALVE ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES A. Tapping-Sleeve Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. JCM Industries, Inc. Number JCM 412. b. Clow Corporation Number 3460 c. An approved equal. 2. Description: Sleeve and valve compatible with drilling machine. a. Standard: MSS SP-60. b. Tapping Sleeve: Steel body with heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body and %" bronze test plug valve. c. Valve: A WW A, cast-iron, nonrising-stem, resilient-seated gate valve with one raised face flange mating tapping-sleeve flange, meeting the requirements of sec- tion 2.5 above. B. Valve Boxes: Comply with A WW A M44 for cast-iron valve boxes. Include top section, adjustable extension of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," and bottom section with base that fits over valve and with a barrel approximately 5 inches in diameter. I. Operating Wrenches: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and socket matching valve operating nut. 2.7 CORPORATION STOPS AND CURB STOPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Mueller Co.; Water Products Div. b. An approved equal B. Service-Saddle Assemblies: Comply with City of Clearwater Index 401. Include saddle and valve compatible with tapping machine. I. Service Saddle: Shall have double stainless steel straps with epoxy coated ductile iron body. WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 5 WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 2. Corporation Stop: . Threaded corporation stop Mueller Hl5008 or approved equal. C. Curb Stops: Comply with City of Clearwater Index 401. Curb stops shall be Mueller Hl4350 with lock wing and compression inlet or approved equal. D. Service Boxes for Curb Valves: Similar to A WW A M44 requirements for cast-iron valve boxes. Include cast-iron telescoping top section of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," and bottom section with base that fits over curb valve and with a barrel approximately 3 inches in diameter. 1. Shutoff Rods: Steel, tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and slotted end matching curb valve. 2.8 WATER METERS A. Water meters will be furnished by the City of Clearwater. Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the service is ready for meter installation. Contractor shall coordinate required inlet and outlet sizes and material types, and meter sizes with the Engineer. 2.9 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hersey-Besco Model FRP II. b. Watts Model 909 or 009 c. Conbraco 40200 d. An approved equal 2. Size: %" to 2" 3. End Connections: Threaded. 4. Configuration: Designed for horizontal flow. B. Double-Check, Backflow-Prevention Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hersey-Beeco Model FDC b. Watts Model 709 or 007 c. Conbraco 40100 d. An approved equal 2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Size: %" to 2" 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Configuration: Designed for horizontal flow. C. Backflow Preventer Test Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Watts Water Technologies, Inc. c. An approved equal I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2. Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with test- procedure instructions. 2.10 WATER METER BOXES A. Description: Cast-iron body and cover for disc-type water meter, with lettering "WATER METER" in cover; and with slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service piping. I. Option: Base section may be cast-iron, PVC or concrete. B. Description: Cast-iron body and double cover for disc-type water meter, with lettering "WATER METER" in top cover; and with separate inner cover; air space between covers; and slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service piping. C. Description: Polymer-concrete body and cover for disc-type water meter, with lettering "WATER" in cover; and with slotted, open-bottom base section of length to fit over service piping. Include vertical and lateral design loadings of 15,000 Ib minimum over 10 by 10 inches square. 2.11 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Kennedy Guardian #K 8ID b. Mueller Centurion Catalog Number A 423 c. U.S. Pipe Metropolitan d. An approved equal 2. Description: Freestanding, with one 4-1/2 inch pump nozzle and two 2-1/2 inch hose nozzles, 5-1/4-inch (min.) main valve, two bronze or brass drain outlets, and 6" mechani- cal-joint inlet. Include interior coating according to A WW A C550. Hydrant shall have cast-iron body, be ofthe dry barrel type which prevents the operating threads from com- ing in contact with the service water, and have a compression-type valve opening against pressure and closing with pressure. a. Standard: A WW A C502. b. Operating threads: Shall be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an "0" ring seal. Chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. c. Barrel Construction: Shall be of the "breakable type" made in two sections with the flange or break valve located approximately 2" above the ground line. d. Design: Shall be designed to permit the removal of all working parts from the hydrant up through the barrel without disturbing the earth around the hydrant or disassembling the barrel. e. Valve Seat: Main valve seat shall be bronze, and shall be threaded into a bronze retaining ring or a heavy bronze bushing in the hydrant base. f. Operation: Shall be designed with an anti-friction bearing so located that it will reduce the torque required to open the hydrant. Shall have a National Standard 1-1/2 inch pentagon operating nut. WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 7 WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 8 I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE g. Finish: Shall be painted with one coat of primer and one coat of yellow paint at the factory and one finish coat of yellow paint after installation. Paint shall com- ply with A WW A Standard C502-85 or latest revision. h. Testing: Shall be shop tested in accordance with the latest A WW A C502 specification. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications. B. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping. C. Underground water-service piping % to 2 inch shall be the following: 1. PE, SDR 9,3408 Polyethylene, clamped or molded PE fittings heat-fusion joints. D. Underground water-service piping four to eight inch shall be the following: 1. Ductile-iron, push-on-joint pipe; ductile-iron, mechanical-:.ioint fittings; 2. PVC, A WW A Class 150 pipe; ductile-iron mechanical-joint fittings. E. Water Meter Box Water-Service Piping % to two inch shall be same as underground water- service piping. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General Application: Use mechanical-joint-end valves for three inch and larger underground installation. Use corporation valves and curb valves with ends compatible with piping, for two inch and smaller installation. B. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Underground Valves, three inch and Larger: A WW A, cast-iron, nonrising-stem, resil- ient-seated gate valves with valve box. 3.4 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. See Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials and Methods" for piping-system common requirements. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 3.5 . PIPING INSTALLATION A. Water-Main Connection: Arrange with utility company for tap of size and in location indicated in water main. B. Water-Main Connection: Tap water main according to requirements of water utility company and of size and in location indicated. C. Make connections larger than two inch under the supervision of the City of Clearwater with tapping machine according to the following: I. Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60. 2. Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate valve. 3. Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in main. Re- move tapping machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. D. Make connections two inch and smaller with drilling machine according to the following: I. Install service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity, and arrange- ment required by utility company standards. 2. Install service-saddle assemblies on water-service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for corporation valves. 3. Use drilling machine compatible with service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves. Drill hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install corporation valves into service-saddle assemblies. 5. Install manifold for multiple taps in water main. 6. Install curb valve in water-service piping with head pointing up and with service box. E. Install ductile-iron, water-service piping according to A WW A C600 and A WW A M41. F. Install PE pipe according to ASTM D 2774 and ASTM F 645. G. Install PVC, A WW A pipe according to ASTM F 645 and A WW A M23. H. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 30 inches, and according to the following: I. Under Driveways: With at least 36 inches cover over top. 2. Under Railroad Tracks: With at least 48 inches cover over top, and within a casing ap- proved by the railroad. I. Install piping by directional bore or jacking, or combination of both, under streets and other obstructions that cannot be disturbed. J. Extend water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building-water-piping systems at point of existing meter(s). Size service to match existing service. K. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports. WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 9 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 3.6 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. See Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. Make pipe joints according to the following: 1. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Water-Service Piping: A WW A C600 and AWWAM41. 2. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service-Main Piping: UL 194. 3. Ductile-Iron Piping, Grooved Joints: Cut-groove pipe. Assemble joints with grooved- end, ductile-iron-piping couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions. 4. PE Piping Insert-Fitting Joints: Use plastic insert fittings and fasteners according to fitting manufacturer's written instructions. 5. PVC Piping Gasketed Joints: Use joining materials according to AWWA C900. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM D 3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials, with OD, and with system working pressure. Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials and Methods" for joining piping of dissimilar metals. 3.7 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Anchorage, General: Install water-distribution piping with restrained joints. Anchorages and restrained-joint types that may be used include the following: I. Locking mechanical joints. 2. Set-screw mechanical retainer glands. 3. Bolted flanged joints. 4. Heat-fused joints. 5. Pipe clamps and tie rods. B. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches. Include anchorages for the following piping systems: I. Gasketed-Joint, Ductile-Iron, Water-Service Piping: According to A WW A C600. 2. Gasketed-Joint, PVC Water-Service Piping: According to A WW A M23. C. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-resistant material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. 3.8 VALVE INSTALLATION A. AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. B. Corporation Valves and Curb Valves: Install each underground curb valve with head pointed up and with service box. WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 3.9 DETECTOR-CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install in meter box or aboveground. B. Install for proper direction of flow. Install bypass with water meter, gate valves on each side of meter, and check valve downstream from meter. C. Support detector check valves, meters, shutoff valves, and piping on brick or concrete piers. 3.10 WATER METER INSTALLATION A. Water meters shall be installed by the City of Clearwater. 3.11 ROUGHING-IN FOR WATER METERS A. Rough-in piping and specialties for water meter installation according to utility company's written instructions. 3.12 VACUUM BREAKER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION 3.13 BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction, and per City of Clearwater index 405. B. Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to flooding. 3.14 WATER METER BOX INSTALLATION A. Install water meter boxes in paved areas flush with surface. B. Install water meter boxes in grass or earth areas with top one inch above surface. 3.15 FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION A. General: Install each fire hydrant with separate gate valve in supply pipe, anchor with restrained swivel joints or mechanical joint glands where ronout length precludes the use of swivel joints. B. Hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with or at right angles to the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade. C. Connect hydrants to main with a six inch ductile iron branch tee controlled by an independent six inch gate valve. WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 11 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 3.16 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 2 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. See Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials and Methods" for piping connections to valves and equipment. C. Connect water-distribution piping to water main. Use service clamp and corporation stop. 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. Notify the Engineer and the City of Clearwater Water Division two working days prior to beginning hydrostatic testing. B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than 150 psi for a period of one hour. 1. Increase pressure in 50 psi increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for 1 hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts (1.89 L) per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within allowed limits. C. Prepare reports of testing activities. Submit these reports to the Engineer for approval. 3.18 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water- distribution piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. Underground warning tapes are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3 .19 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired before use. a. Prior to sterilization, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed until a clean, clear wa- ter flows from the hydrants. b. Fill system or part of system with liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to federal specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH", or "Percloron". c. After sterilization has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free re- sidual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlo- rine shall be in accordance with standard testing methods using a standard DPD test set. d. After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to the Florida State Board of Health for bacte- WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 12 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE - rial examination. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organ- isms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed be- fore the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibil- ity to perform the sterilization as outlined above. B. Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Submit these reports to the Engineer for approval. C. Provide four certified as-built drawings of all water distribution system construction to the Engineer. END OF SECTION 02510 WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 - 13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 02518. 1.4 PART 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 A. INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide interlocking concrete unit paving as shown and specified. The work includes: 1. Interlocking concrete unit paving over a compacted limerock base. 2. Interlocking concrete unit paving over a concrete base. 2. Base and bedding. B. Related work: 1. Section 02200: Earthwork. 2. Section 02751: Cement Concrete Pavement. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM). 2. American Association of State and Highway Transportation Officials, (AASHTO). B. Installation: Performed only by skilled workmen with satisfactory record of performance on completed projects of comparable size and quality. C. Do not change source of interlocking concrete unit pavers during the course of the work. SUBMITI ALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for interlocking concrete paver units. B. Submit a minimum of 5 full size samples of each color paver unit required. Include the full range of style, size, exposed finish, color, and texture proposed for the work. C. Submit manufacturer's certification that paver units comply with specified material and physical requirements. D. Submit material certificates for bedding materials. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect paving units from damage, chipping, and soiling during delivery and storage. Store off the ground on pallets or wood platforms. INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 02518-1 1.5 PART 2 2.1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. Store loose granular materials in a well drained area on a solid surface to prevent mixing with foreign materials. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Review installation procedures and coordinate paving work with other work affected by the interlocking concrete unit paving work. B. Protect partially completed paving against weather damage when work is not in progress. C. Provide temporary barricades and warning lights as required for protection of project work and public safety. D. Protect adjacent work from damage, soiling, or staining during paving operations. PRODUCTS MATERIALS A. General: Paver unit materials and fabrication shall meet or exceed the requirements of USPS I Designation CPS7180 Standard Specifications for Interlocking Concrete Paving Stone and Grass Pavers. Pavers shall be as supplied by Paver Systems, Inc., or equal. Provide colors and sizes as indicated on the plans and in these specifications. 1. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type 1. 2. Aggregate: ASTM C33. 3. Compressive strength: Average compressive strength shall be 8,000 psi at time of delivery. No individual paver shall be less than 7,500 p.s.i. at time of delivery. 4. Absorption: Maximum 5%. 5. Freeze-thaw test: ASTM C67, no breakage and maximum 1% loss in dry weight after 50 cycles. 6. Abrasion resistance: ASTM C418, maximum volume loss 15 cu. cm. per 50 cu. cm. Average thickness loss 3 mm. 7. Dimension tolerances: Length maximum 1/6" (1.5 mm), height maximum 1/8" (3mm) from standard dimension. 8. Provide only sound units free of defects that would interfere with proper placing of units or impair strength or permanence of construction. Minor cracks and minor chipping incidental to methods of manufacture, handling in shipment, and delivery will be acceptable subject to Landscape Architect's review and acceptance. Excessive cracks and chipping, as determined by the Landscape Architect, will be rejected as not complying with specification requirements. INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 02518-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I D. E. PART 3 3.1 A. 3.2 A. B. 3.3 A. CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 9. Provide test reports certifying materials and physical requirements compliance. Tests shall have been conducted not more than 12 months prior to manufacture. B. Base material: 1. Provide limerock base on compacted subgrade at all pedestrian (sidewalk) locations. 2. Provide concrete base on compacted subgrade at vehicular locations. C. Bedding and leveling material: ASTM C33 or AASHTO M43, #10 graded clean coarse concrete sand. Joint fill: Clean concrete sand or mason sand. Sealer: Surebond Inc., (or equal concrete and paver sealer & joint sand stabilizer). EXECUTION INSPECTION Examine substrates and installation conditions. Do not start interlocking concrete unit paving work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. PREP ARA TION Do not use paving units with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations, or other visible defects. Cut paving units with motor-driven saw equipment designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cutting wherever possible. Avoid the use of small pieces of pavers or large joint spaces. C. Set interlocking concrete unit pavers in patterns indicated with level surface and uniform joints of widths indicated. D. Install edging at indicated areas to provide suitable restraint for paving edges not contained by adjacent paving materials. INSTALLATION: BASE MATERIALS Limerock base course: 1. Obtain Landscape Architect's inspection and acceptance of subgrade surface before placing of limerock or concrete base. 2. Compact sub grade materials with suitable compaction equipment to 95% modified proctor T-180. B. Concrete base course: 1. Obtain Landscape Architect's inspection and acceptance of sub grade surface before placing of concrete base. INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 02518-3 3.4 3.5 3.6 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 2. Compact subgrade materials with suitable compacting equipment to 95% modified proctor T-180. 3. Construct concrete slab to 3500 P.S.!. Allow to fully cure prior to placement of bedding and leveling materials. C. Bedding and leveling course: 1. Obtain Landscape Architect's inspection and acceptance of finished concrete base course before placing bedding and leveling course materials. 2. Spread bedding and leveling course materials evenly over the entire area to be paved, screed to a minimum level that will provide a minimum 1" thickness when the paving stones have been placed and vibrated. 3. Protect screeded and leveled bedding and leveling course from damage until covered with paver units. Do not precompact bedding and leveling course. INSTALLATION: INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVERS A. Lay paver units in pattern indicated on the drawings. Paver layout indicated on plans has been designed to minimize cutting of individual paver units. Paver units must be installed in such a manner as to assure minimized paver cuts. Maintain desired pattern and provide uniform 1/16" joints between units. B. Fill gaps at the edge of the paved surface with standard edge pieces or with paver units cut to fit. Provide cut units with straight even cut surfaces, free from cracks or chips. C. Vibrate paver units to their final level with 3 or more passes of a vibrating plate compactor. D. After first vibration, brush sand over the surface and vibrate into the joints with additional passes of the plate vibrator. Completely fill joints. E. After final vibrating the surface shall be true to grade and shall not vary by more than 1/4" when tested with a 10'-0" straightedge at any location on the surface. PROTECTION A. Protect interlocking concrete unit paving from damage until fmal acceptance. A. CLEANING Remove and replace interlocking concrete paving units which are broken, chipped, stained or otherwise damaged. B. Perform cleaning during installation of work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from interlocking concrete unit paving operations. END OF SECTION 02518 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 02518-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SECTION 02577 - PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), Glass Beads (Section 971) Permanent reflective painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02510 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Latest Edition of The Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans). B. The Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. C. The Florida Department of Transportation Roadway and Traffic Design Standards. 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Submit Manufacturer's Certification stating that reflective pavement markers, thermoplastic traffic stripes, traffic paint, and glass beads for reflective traffic paint comply with Sections 706, 711, 971- 12,971-13, and 971-14, respectively, of the FDOT Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. White and Yellow Permanent Reflective Pavement Marking Paint: Code T -1 Traffic Paint (white) and Code T-2 Traffic Paint (yellow) shall comply with the requirements of Section 971-12 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. B. Thermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Markings: Thermoplastic materials shall comply with the requirements of Section 711 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. C. Reflective Pavement Markers: Reflectorized pavement markers shall comply with the requirements of Section 706 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. PAVEMENT MARKINGS 02577 - 1 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE D. Glass Spheres: Glass Spheres for reflective traffic paint shall comply with the requirements of Section 971-14 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment for painting traffic stripes shall comply with Section 710-3 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.. B. Equipment for applying thermoplastic pavement traffic stripes and markings shall comply with the requirements of Section 711-3 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Mechanically sweep pavement surfaces immediately prior to commencement of work. Clean pavement surfaces of loose foreign matter with compressed air or other effective means. Verify that surfaces are dry. B. No paint or thermoplastic shall be applied when any moisture is present on the surface to be coated or when the air temperature is below 40oF. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Provide pavement markings, thermoplastic stripping and markings and reflectors as indicated on the drawings. Comply with the FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards. B. Dimensions and alignment Tolerances shall comply with Section 710-5 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. C. Application of paint and glass spheres shall comply with Section 710-6 of the FDOT Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction. D. Application of thermoplastic compound and glass spheres shall comply with Section 711-4 of the FDOT Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction. E. The installation of reflectorized pavement markers shall comply with Section 706-3 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. F. Protect freshly painted pavement stripes and markings, and thermoplastic stripes and markings in accordance with Section 710-7 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. Protection of Traffic shall also comply with the requirements of Section 710-7.2 and 710-7.3. G. The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or PAVEMENT MARKINGS 02577 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 3.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. END OF SECTION 02577 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 02577 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 02630 STORM DRAINAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes gravity-flow, nonpressure storm drainage outside the building, with the following components: A. Cleanouts. B. Drains. C. Precast manholes and inlets. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. B. RCP: Reinforced Concrete Pipe C. ERCP: Elliptical Reinforced Concrete Pipe D. FDOT: Florida Department of Transportation 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure, Drainage-Piping Pressure Rating: Pipe joints shall be at least silttight. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: A. Drains. B. Shop Drawings: For the following: A. Manholes: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and frames and covers. Include design calculations, and concrete design-mix report for cast-in-place manholes. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 1 STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE B. Catch Basins and Stormwater Inlets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and frames, covers, and grates. C. Stormwater Structures: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, frames and covers, design calculations, and concrete design-mix report. D. All items for which use of "an approved equal" is sought by the Contractor. C. Coordination Drawings: Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Show other piping in same trench and clearances from storm drainage system piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between manholes, piping, and proximate structures. D. Field quality-control test reports. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic manholes, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight. B. Do not store gasketing material for RCP or ERCP in direct sunlight. C. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. D. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. E. Handle structures according to the manufacturer's written instructions. F. Store materials only in locations approved by the Engineer. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless .permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: A. Notify Owner no fewer than two working days in advance of proposed interruption of service. B. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Owner's written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Use only products of domestic (USA) manufacture. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, fitting, and joining materials. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2.3 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Pipe and Appurtenances: Shall meet the requirements of section 449 of the current FDOT Standard Specifications. Determine pipe wall thickness per the requirements of index 205 of the current FDOT Design Standards. 2.4 ELLIPTICAL REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Pipe and Appurtenances: Shall meet the requirements of section 449 of the current Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. Determine pipe wall thickness per the requirements of index 205 of the current FDOT Design Standards. 2.5 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: Shall meet the requirements of section 948 of the current Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 2.6 NONPRESSURE- TYPE PIPE COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. B. Sleeve Materials: A. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. C. Unshielded Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric sleeve with corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. A. Manufacturers: a. Femco Inc., or approved equal. D. Ring-Type Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric compression seal with dimensions to fit inside bell of larger pipe and for spigot of smaller pipe to fit inside ring. A. Manufacturers: a. Femco Inc., or approved equal. 2.7 CLEANOUTS A. Gray-Iron Cleanouts: ASME AI12.36.2M, round, gray-iron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, gray-iron cover. Include gray-iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered-thread, brass closure plug. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. Manufacturers (select from list below, or use approved equal): a. Josam Company. b. MIF AB Manufacturing, Inc. c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. d. Wade Div.; Tyler Pipe. e. Watts Industries, Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Enpoco, Inc. Div. g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Zurn Specification Drainage Operation. B. Top-Loading Classification(s): Heavy duty. C. Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: PVC pipe and fittings. 2.8 DRAINS A. Gray-Iron Area Drains: ASME Al12.21.1M, round body with anchor flange and round secured grate. Include bottom outlet with inside calk or spigot connection, of sizes indicated. A. Manufacturers (select from list below, or approved equal) Selected structure shall be compatible with the grate listed below: a. Josam Company. b. MIF AB Manufacturing, Inc. c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. d. Wade Div.; Tyler Pipe. e. Watts Industries, Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Enpoco, Inc. Div. g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Zurn Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Top-Loading Classification(s): Heavy duty. 3. Grate: Urban Accessories Model OT Title 24, cast iron, or approved equal. Approval for a substitute grate must be obtained from the Engineer and from the Landscape Engineer. B. Gray-Iron Trench Drains: ASME Al12.21.1M, 6-inch wide top surface, rectangular body with anchor flange or other anchoring device, and rectangular secured grate. Include units of total length indicated and number of bottom outlets with inside calk or spigot connections, of sizes indicated. A. Manufacturers (select from list below, or approved equal) Selected structure shall be compatible with the grate listed below: a. Josam Company. b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. c. Wade Div.; Tyler Pipe. d. Watts Industries, Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Enpoco, Inc. Div. f. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Zurn Specification Drainage Operation. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE B. . Top-Loading Classification(s): heavy duty. 3. Grate: Urban Accessories Model OT Title 24, cast iron, of approved equal. Approval for a substitute grate must be obtained from the Engineer and from the Landscape Engineer. 2.9 MANHOLES A. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: precast meeting the requirements of ASTM C 478 or the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications, at the manufacturer's option. Structures to be of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints. A. For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235 and the FDOT Design Standards, index numbers 200 to 280. B. Manhole Frames and Covers: Meet the requirements of City of Clearwater Index Number 201. C. Seating: The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches in thickness to secure proper seating and bearing. D. Invert channels: Shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to the outside of adjacent sewer section. E. Floor: Outside of the channels, the floor shall be made smooth and sloped toward the channels. F. Openings: Distance between precast openings for pipe ("blank outs") or precast opening and top of precast structure shall be no less than the wall thickness of the structure. B. Built up storm structures: Construct of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on City of Clearwater Index Numbers 201 and 202. A. Manhole Frames and Covers: Meet the requirements of City of Clearwater Index Number 201. B. Seating: The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches in thickness to secure proper seating and bearing. C. Invert channels: Shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to the outside of adjacent sewer section. D. Floor: Outside of the channels, the floor shall be made smooth and sloped toward the channels. E. Steps: Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from the inside of the manholes. 2.10 CONCRETE General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R, ACI 350R, and the following: A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. B. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. C. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. D. Water: Potable. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 5 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi minimum, with 0.45 maximum water-cementitious materials ratio. A. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. B. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. C. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum, with 0.58 maximum water-cementitious materials ratio. A. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. B. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 6l5M, Grade 60, deformed steel. 2.11 PLASTIC, CHANNEL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Description, General: Modular system of plastic channel sections, grates, and appurtenances; designed so grates fit into frames without rocking or rattling. Include number of units required to form total lengths indicated. 1. Manufacturers (select from list below, or approved equal) Selected structure shall be compatible with the grate listed below: A. ACO Polymer Prod. B. NDS Inc. C. Tuf- Tite, Inc. D. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Zurn Light Commercial Specialty Plumbing Products. 2. Top-Loading Classification(s): heavy duty. 3. Grate: Urban Accessories Model OT Title 24, cast iron, or approved equal. Approval for a substitute grate must be obtained from the Engineer and from the Landscape Engineer. 2.12 CATCH BASINS A. Standard Precast Concrete Catch Basins: precast meeting the requirements of ASTM C 478 or the requirements ofthe FDOT Standard Specifications, at the manufacturer's option. Structures to be of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints. A. For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235 and the FDOT Design Standards, index numbers 200 to 280. B. Seating: The catch basin base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches in thickness to secure proper seating and bearing. C. Invert channels: Shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to the outside of adjacent sewer section. D. Floor: Outside of the channels, the floor shall be made smooth and sloped toward the channels. E. Openings: Distance between precast openings for pipe ("blank outs") or precast opening and top of precast structure shall be no less than the wall thickness of the structure. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE F. Grate: For within walled landscape areas, use cast iron grates. . All other grates shall be steel, and suitable for use in pedestrian and bicycle traffic areas. All grates shall meet the requirements of the FDOT Design Standards, Index numbers 200 to 280. B. Cast-in-Place Concrete, Catch Basins: Construct of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on City of Clearwater Index Numbers 201 and 202. A. Seating: The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches in thickness to secure proper seating and bearing. B. Invert channels: Shall be constructed smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to the outside of adjacent sewer section. C. Floor: Outside of the channels, the floor shall be made smooth and sloped toward the channels. D. Steps: Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from the inside of the manholes. E. Grate: For within walled landscape areas, use cast iron grates. All other grates shall be steel, and suitable for use in pedestrian and bicycle traffic areas. All grates shall meet the requirements of the FDOT Design Standards, Index numbers 200 to 280. 2.13 STORMW A TER INLETS A. Curb Inlets: Made with vertical curb opening, of materials and dimensions according to FDOT Design Standards Index Numbers 200 to 280. B. Gutter Inlets: Made with horizontal gutter opening, of materials and dimensions according to FDOT Design Standards Index Numbers 200 to 280. Include heavy-duty frames and grates. C. Frames and Grates: Heavy-duty frames and grates according to FDOT Design Standards. 2.14 PIPE OUTLETS A. Head Walls: Cast-in-place reinforced concrete, with apron and tapered sides. B. Riprap Basins: Broken, irregular size and shape, graded stone according to NSSGA's "Quarried Stone for Erosion and Sediment Control." A. Average Size: NSSGA No. R-4, screen opening 3 inches (76 mm). C. Filter Stone: According to NSSGA's "Quarried Stone for Erosion and Sediment Control," No. FS-2, No.4 screen opening, average-size, graded stone. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 7 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Use nonpressure-type flexible couplings where required to join gravity-flow, nonpressure sewer piping, unless otherwise indicated. a. Unshielded, flexible couplings for same or minor difference OD pipes. b. Un shielded, increaser/reducer-pattern, flexible couplings for pipes with different OD. c. Ring-type flexible couplings for piping of different sizes where annular space between smaller piping's OD and larger piping's ill permits installation. B. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure Sewer Piping: Use any of the following pipe materials for each size range: A. Sizes 12" and smaller: PVC sewer pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketedjoints. B. Sizes 15" and larger: Reinforced-concrete sewer pipe and fittings, gaskets, and gasketed joints. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take design considerations into account. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. C. Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for branch connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated. D. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. E. Install gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following: A. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of one percent, unless otherwise indicated. B. Install PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668. C. Install reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual." Wrap all pipe joints with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or approved equal. Inspect and clean all pipe immediately prior to placement in the trench. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops of the pipe joints plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each pipe joint shall be solidly and evenly bedded. Before finishing the joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and the pipe is clear throughout. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 8 I I I I I I I I I , I I I I I I I !I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic pipe joint construction is specified in Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities - Basic Materials and Methods." Where specific joint construction is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions. B. Join gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following: A. Join PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric- seal joints or ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric gasket joints. B. Join reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual" for rubber-gasket joints. C. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type flexible couplings. 3.5 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION A. Install cleanouts and riser extension from sewer pipe to cleanout at grade. Use PVC fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts and PVC pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe. A. Use heavy-duty, top-loading classification cleanouts all areas. B. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in cast-in-placeconcrete block, 18 by 18 by 12 inches deep. Set with tops flush with surrounding earth grade. C. Set clean out frames and covers in concrete pavement with tops flush with pavement surface. 3.6 DRAIN INSTALLATION A. Install type of drains in locations indicated. Use heavy-duty, top-loading classification drains all areas. B. Embed drains in 4-inch minimum depth of concrete around bottom and sides. C. Fasten grates to drains unless otherwise indicated. D. Set drain frames and covers with tops flush with pavement surface. 'E. Assemble trench sections with flanged joints. F. Embed trench sections in 4-inch minimum concrete around bottom and sides. 3.7 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. B. Install precast concrete manhole sections according to ASTM C 891. C. Construct cast-in-place manholes as indicated. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 9 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE D. Set tops of frames and covers flush with fmishedsurface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops 3-inches above finished surface elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION A. Construct catch basins to sizes and shapes indicated. B. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated. 3.9 STORMW A TER INLET AND OUTLET INSTALLATION A. Construct inlet head walls, aprons, and sides of reinforced concrete, as indicated. B. Construct riprap of broken stone, as indicated. C. Install outlets that spill onto grade, anchored with concrete, where indicated. D. Install outlets that spill onto grade, with flared end sections that match pipe, where indicated. E. Construct energy dissipaters at outlets, as indicated. 3.10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R. 3.11 CONNECTIONS 3.12'- CLOSING ABANDONED STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use either procedure below: A. Close open ends of piping with at least 12 inches thick, brick masonry bulkheads. B. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs. B. Abandoned Manholes and Structures: Excavate around manholes and structures as required and use one procedure below: A. Remove manhole or structure and close open ends of remaining piping. B. Remove top of manhole or structure down to at least 36 inches. Fill to within 12 inches of top with stone, rubble, gravell or compacted dirt. Fill to top with concrete. C. Backfill to grade according to Division 2 Section "Earthwork." STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 10 I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I il I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE _ 3.13 IDENTIFICATION A. Materials and their installation are specified in division 2 Section "Earthwork." Arrange for installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of underground structures. A. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. B. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. 3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project. A. Submit separate reports for each system inspection. B. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. c. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. C. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. D. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects. A. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. B. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice. D. Submit separate report for each test. E. Gravity-Flow Storm Drainage Piping: Test according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following: a. Exception: Piping with soiltight joints unless required by authorities having jurisdiction. b. Option: Test plastic piping according to ASTM F 1417. C. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage IS within allowances specified. STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 11 STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 12 I I I I I I I I, ,I ,I I I I I I I I 1\ I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 3.15 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping of dirt and superfluous materials. END OF SECTION 02630 I I I I M I ,I I ,I I I I I I ,I il I I, I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 02741- HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hot-mix asphalt paving. 2. Hot-mix asphalt patching. 3. Hot-mix asphalt paving overlay. 4. Cold milling of existing hot-mix asphalt pavement. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for aggregate subbase and base courses and for aggregate pavement shoulders. 2. Division 2 Section "Unit Pavers" for bituminous setting bed for pavers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. FDOT: Florida Department of Transportation. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide hot-mix asphalt paving according to materials, workmanship, and other applicable requirements of standard specifications of state or local DOT. 1. Standard Specification: City of Clearwater Contract Specifications 2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in standard specifications do not apply to this Section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Job-Mix Designs: Certification, by authorities having jurisdiction, of approval of each job mix proposed for the Work. B. Job-Mix Designs: For each job mix proposed for the Work. HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 - 1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE C.Material TestReports: For each paving material. D. Material Certificates: For each paving material, signed by manufacturers. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AGGREGATES A. All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 919 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2.2 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2.3 MIXES A. Type S-All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES. B. Superpave Asphaltic Concrete- HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 - 2 I I I I - ,I il I, ,I I I' I I I il Ii I fl I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1. Unless otherwise noted all of the asphaltic. concrete specifications shall apply to super- pave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 ofFDOT's Standard Specifica- tions (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise speci- fied in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COLD MILLING A. Equipment, Construction & Milled Surface-Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Ar- ticle, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 ofFDOT's Stan- dard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. B. Additional Milling Requirements- 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal envi- ronmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections ofthe road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S- Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per tOI1 unit cost for as- phalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 - 3 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. C. Salvageable Materials-All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall re- main the property ofthe City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. D. Disposable Materials-All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. E. Adjustment and Location of Underground Utilities-All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (mini- mum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. F. Adjustment of Utility Manholes-The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section N, Article 23(F) of the City's Technical Specifications. G. Types of Milling-There are two types of milling used by the City: 1. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. 2. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pave- ment to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. H. Milling of Intersections-Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. I. Basis of Measurement-The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, com- pleted and accepted. J. Basis of Payment-The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any re- quired milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all inci- dentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 3.2 CRACK & POTHOLE PREPARATION A. Cracks-Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: I. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appro- priate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. B. Potholes-Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 3.3 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3.4 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS A. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. B. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. C. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. D. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 - 5 HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 - 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE E. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the pro- ject scope and plans, F. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The co.st shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. G. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. H. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be !f4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 1 0 1. 3.5 PAYMENT & MEASUREMENT A. Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. B. Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials; preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, fill- ing of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. C. Adjustment to the Unit Bid Price for Asphalt-When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's inter- net site. The address is: www.dot.state.fl.us.Itis under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. I I I I I il\ I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE D. . Pavrnent reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined bvthe following: 1. Density per Section 330-11 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of W' or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engi- neer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of W' or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. END OF SECTION 02741 HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 -7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SECTION 02751 - CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following: 1. Driveways. 2. Curbs and gutters. 3. Walkways. 4. Unit paver base. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for subgrade preparation, grading, and subbase course. 2. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit concrete mix designs. Obtain approval before placing concrete. B. Product data: 1. Submit complete materials list of items proposed for the work. Identify materials source. 2. Submit admixture, curing compound, retarder, and accessory item product data. 3. Submit material certificates for aggregates, reinforcing, and joint fillers. C. Submit concrete delivery tickets. Show the following: 1. Batch number. 2. Mix by class or sack content with maximum size aggregate. 3. Air content. 4. Slump test results. 5. Time ofloading. D. Submit concrete cylinder strength test reports. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 - 1 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Work notification: Notify Landscape Architect at least 24 hours prior to installation of concrete. B. Establish and maintain required lines and grade elevations. C. Do not install concrete work over wet, saturated or muddy subgrade. D. Do not install concrete when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Use of calcium chlo- ride, salt, or any other admixture to prevent concrete from freezing is prohibited. E. Protect adjacent work. F. Provide temporary barricades and warning lights as required for protection of project work and public safety. PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete at Sidewalks: Concrete shall be Class I that conforms to the requirements of FDOT Standards for Road and Bridge Construction, 2000, Section 346. Unless other- wise noted, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compres- sive strength of 2500 psi. B. Preformed Joint Filler: ASTM D175l, pre-molded, non-extruding asphalt impregnated fiberboard, thickness indicated. C. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, non-yellowing, non-staining liquid membrane forming type containing a fugitive dye. Chlorinated rubber compounds are not acceptable. D. Forms: Wood or metal of sufficient strength to resist concrete placement pressure and to maintain horizontal and vertical alignment during concrete placement. Provide forms straight, free of defects and distortion, and height equal to full depth of concrete work. 1. Provide 2" nominal thickness, surfaced plank wood forms for straight sections. Use flexible metal, 1" lumber or plywood forms to form radius bends. E. Reinforcing: Reinforcing for concrete driveways and walks shall be 6x6 #10/10 welded wire mesh. F. Form release agent: Non-staining chemical form release agent free of oils, waxes, and other materials harmful to concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine subgrades and installation conditions. Do not start concrete work until unsatisfac- tory conditions are corrected. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 - 2 I, I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ii I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 3.2 PREPARATION A. Proof roll the subgrade and do all necessary rolling and compacting to obtain firm, even subgrade surface. Fill and consolidate depressed areas. Remove uncompactable materials, replace with clean fill and compact to 95% Modified Proctor T-180 at all slabs beneath concrete sidewalks B. Remove loose material and debris from base surface before placing concrete. C. Install, align, and level forms. Stake and brace forms in place. Maintain following grade and alignment tolerances: 1. Top of form: Maximum 1/8" in 10'-0". 2. Vertical face: Maximum 1/8" in 10'-0". D. Coat form surfaces in contact with concrete with form release agent. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as necessary to assure separation from concrete without damage. E. Install, set, and build-in work furnished under other specification sections. Provide ade- quate notification for installation of necessary items. 3.3 INST ALLA TION A. Concrete placement: 1. Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Trans- porting, and Placing Concrete", and as specified. 2. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather ex- tremes during mixing, placing, and curing. In cold weather comply with ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting". In hot weather comply with ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting". 3. Moisten base to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. 4. Place and spread concrete to the full depth of the forms. Use only square-end shovels or concrete rakes for hand-spreading and consolidating operations to pre- vent segregation of aggregate and dislocation of reinforcement. 5. Place concrete in a continuous operation between expansion joints. Provide. con- structionjoints when sections cannot be placed continuously. 6. Place concrete in one course, monolithic construction, for the full width and depth of concrete work. 7. Strike-off and bull-float concrete after consolidating. Level ridges and fill voids. Check surface with a 10'-0" straightedge. Fill depressions and refloat repaired ar- eas. Darby the concrete surface to provide a smooth level surface ready for fin- ishing. B. Joints: 1. Construct control, expansion, and construction joints properly aligned with face perpendicular to concrete surface. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 - 3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2. Provide tooled control joints at sidewalks, sectioning concrete into segments as shown on the construction detail. Joints to a minimum depth of 1" . 3. Provide expansion joints using pre-molded joint filler at concrete work abutting curbs, walls, structures, walks, and other fixed objects. a. Locate expansion joints as indicated. When not indicated, provide joints at maximum 20'-0" on center for walks and concrete slabs below. Align expansion joints in abutting curbs and walks. C. Concrete finishing: 1. Perform concrete finishing using mechanical or hand methods as required. 2. Upon completion of floating, and after bleed water has disappeared and concrete can sustain foot pressure with nominal indentation, cut concrete away from forms. Work edges with an edging tool. 3. Install control joints at indicated locations during edging operations. 4. Complete surface finish as follows: a. Provide sidewalk surfaces with light broom finish. Before the surface sets, a soft broom shall be passed over the surface to produce a surface uniform in texture and appearance. Broom direction shall be exactly perpendicular to the direction of sidewalk. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide field quality control testing and inspection during concrete operations. B. Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement, cooperate with, provide access to the work, obtain samples, and as- sist test agent and their representatives in execution oftheir function. C. Testing: 1. Provide slump test on first load of concrete delivered each day and whenever re- quested by the Architect due to changes in consistency or appearance of concrete. 2. Provide air indicator tests and air meter tests for all air-entrained concrete. a. Perform air indicator test with a "Chase" AE 35 or equal air indicator, and air meter test in accordance with ASTM C231 or C173. Test first load of concrete delivered each day. Furnish copies of field records and tests reports as listed for strength tests. b. 3. Strength testing: a. Provide I set of 3 test specimens for each 50 cu. yd. placed in anyone day. Secure samples in accordance with ASTM Cl72 and mold speci- mens in accordance with ASTM C31. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I ,I , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I /1 I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE b.. Test 1 specimen at 7 days and 2 specimens at28 days in accordance with ASTM C39. c. Furnish copies of field records and test reports as follows: 2 copies to Landscape Architect I copy to Contractor 1 copy to Ready Mix Supplier 1 copy to Owner 4. Record the exact location of the concrete in the work represented by each set of cylinders and show on test reports. 5. Provide an insulated moist box for protection of the test cylinders until shipped to the laboratory. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete work from damage due to construction, vandalism and vehicular traffic until final acceptance. Exclude construction and vehicular traffic from concrete pavement for at least 14 days. 3.6 CLEANING A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Re- move from site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from concrete operations. B. Sweep concrete sidewalks and pavement, wash free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material immediately prior to final acceptance. END OF SECTION 02751 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 - 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 02800 . LANDSCAPING PART I-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide trees, plants, and ground covers as shown and specified. The work includes: 1. Soil preparation. 2. Trees, plants, and ground covers. 3. Planting mixes. 4. Mulch and planting accessories. 5. Existing tree care. 6. Maintenance. B. Related Work: 1. Section 02811: Landscape Irrigation. 2. Section 02810: Sodding. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plant names indicated comply with "Standardized Plant Names" as adopted by the latest edition of the American Joint Committee of Horticultural Nomenclature. Names of varieties not listed conform generally with names accepted by the nursery trade. Provide stock true to botanical name and legibly tagged. B. Plant material shall be graded Florida No. 1 or better as outlined under Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants, State Plant Board of Florida. C. All plants shall be nursery grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for a minimum of 2 years. D. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable, at no additional cost, and providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated. E. Plants may be inspected and approved at the place of growth, for compliance with specification requirements for quality, size, and variety. F. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection upon delivery at the site or during the progress of the work. LANDSCAPING 02800-1 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following material samples: 1. Mulch. 2. Fafard growing media 3. Planting accessories. B. Submit certifications for the following materials: 1. PH value of on site soil taken at four locations spaced evenly around project site. 2. Peat moss. 3. Plant fertilizer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver fertilizer materials in original, unopened, and undamaged containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Store in manner to prevent wetting and deterioration. B. Take all precautions customary in good trade practice in preparing plants for moving. Workmanship that fails to meet the highest standards will be rejected. Dig, pack, transport, and handle plant with care to ensure protection against injury. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment invoice or order to stock and on arrival, the certificate shall be filed with the Landscape Architect. Protect all plants from drying out. If plants cannot be planted immediately upon delivery, properly protect them with soil, wet peat moss, or in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Water heeled-in plant daily. No plant shall be bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches. C. Cover plants transported on open vehicle with a protective covering to prevent wind bum. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Work notification: Notify Landscape Architect at least 7 working days prior to installation of plant material. B. Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from damage caused by landscaping operations. C. A complete list of plants, including a schedule of sizes, quantities, and other requirements is shown on the drawings. In the event that quantity discrepancies or material omissions occur in the plant materials list, the planting plans shall govern. D. The irrigation system will be installed prior to planting. Locate, protect, and maintain the irrigation system during the planting operations. Repair irrigation system components, damaged during planting operations, at Landscape Contractor's expense. LANDSCAPING 02800-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 1.6 WARRANTY A. Warranty plant material to remain alive and be in healthy and vigorous condition for a period of one year after completion and acceptance of entire project. 1. Inspection of plants will be made by the Landscape Architect at completion of planting. B. Replace, in accordance with the drawings and specifications, all plants that are dead or, as determined by the Landscape Architect, are in an unhealthy or unsightly condition, and have lost their natural shape due to dead branches, or other caused due to the Contractor's negligence. The cost of such replacement(s) is at Contractor's expense. Warrant all replacement plant for one year after installation. C. Warranty shall not include damage or loss of trees, plants, or ground covers caused by fires, floods, freezing rains, lightning storms, or winds over 50 miles per hour, winter kill caused by extreme cold and severe winter conditions not typical of planting area, acts of vandalism or negligence on the part of the Owner. D. Remove and immediately replace all plants, as determined by the Landscape Architect, to be unsatisfactory during the initial plant installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Plants: Provide plants typical of their species or variety; with normal, densely-developed branches and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Provide only sound, healthy, vigorous plants free from defects, disfiguring knots, sun scald injuries, frost cracks, abrasions of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers, and all forms of infestation. All plants shall have a fully developed form without voids and open spaces. 1. Container-grown stock: Grown in a container for sufficient length of time for the root system to have developed to hold its soil together, firm and whole. a. No plants shall be loose in the container. b. Container stock shall not be pot bound. 2. Provide tree species that mature at heights over 25'-0" with a single main trunk. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape are not acceptable. 3. Plants planted in rows shall be matched in form. 4. Plants larger than those specified in the plant list may be used when acceptable to the Landscape Architect. a. If the use of larger plants is acceptable, increase the spread of roots or root ball in proportion to the size of the plant. LANDSCAPING 02800-3 LANDSCAPING 02800-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 5. The height of the trees, measured from the crown of the roots to the top of the top branch, shall not be less than the minimum size designated in the plant list. 6. No pruning wounds shall be present with a diameter of more than 1" and such wounds must show vigorous bark on all edges. 7. Shrubs and small plants shall meet the requirements for spread and height indicated in the plant list. a. The measurements for height shall be taken from the ground level to the average height of the top of the plant and not the longest branch. b. Single stemmed or thin plants will not be accepted. c. Side branches shall be generous, well-twigged, and the plant as a whole well-bushed to the ground. d. Plants shall be in a moist, vigorous condition, free from dead wood, bruised, or other root or branch injuries. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Planting Soil Backfill: Backfill all plants with 50% sand and 50% organic material consisting of native peat, well decomposed sawdust and top soil, free of all extraneous debris such as stones, roots, etc. B. Peat Moss: Brown to black in color, weed and seed free granulated raw peat or baled peat, containing not more than 9% mineral on a dry basis. C. Fertilizer: 1. Agriform 20-10-5 tablets (or equal) at rates as per the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Mulch: Premium grade pine bark mini-nuggets, 1"-2" overall. Furnish in 3 cu. ft. bags or bulk. E. Water: Free of substances harmful to plant growth. Hoses or other methods of transportation furnished by Contractor. F. Stakes for Staking Trees: Hardwood, 2"x 4". G. Braces for Palms: 2"x4". H. Stakes for Guying: Hardwood, 2 "x 2". I. Guying/Staking Wire: No. 10 or 12 gauge galvanized wire. 1. Turnbuckles: Galvanized steel of size and gauge required to provide tensile strength equal to that of the wire. Turnbuckle openings shall be at least 3". I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE J. Staking and Guying Hoses: Two-ply, reinforced garden hose not less than W' inside diameter. K. Fafard soil-less growing media: Provide Fafard 3B mix in original, unopened packaging. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine proposed planting areas and conditions of installation. Do not start planting work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Planting shall be performed only by experienced workmen familiar with planting procedures under the supervision of a qualified supervisor. B. Locate plants as indicated or as approved in the field after staking by the Contractor. If obstructions are encountered that are not shown on the drawings, do not proceed with planting operations until alternate plant locations have been selected. C. Excavate circular plant pits with vertical sides. Depth of pit shall accommodate the root system, except as noted on the drawings. Scarify the bottom of the pet to a depth of 4". 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Set plant material in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment. Set plants upright, plumb, and faced to give the best appearance or relationship to each other or adjacent structure. Set plant material 2" above the fmish grade. No filling will be permitted around trunks or stems. Backfill the pit with planting mixture. Do not use frozen or muddy mixtures for backfilling. B. After balled and burlapped plants are set, muddle planting soil mixture around bases of balls and fill all voids. C. Space ground cover plants in accordance with indicated dimensions. Adjust spacing as necessary to evenly fill planting bed with indicated quantity of plant. Plant to within 12" of the trunks of trees and shrubs within planting bed and to within 6" of edge of bed. D. Mulching: 1. Mulch tree and shrub planting pits and shrub beds with required mulching material 3" deep immediately after planting. Thoroughly water mulched areas. After watering, rake mulch to provide a uniform finished surface. 2. Mulch ground cover beds with mulch 3" deep immediately after planting. E. Staking/Guying: 1. Stake/guy all trees immediately after sodding operations and prior to acceptance. When high winds or other conditions which may affect tree survival or appearance occur, the Architect LANDSCAPING 02800-5 LANDSCAPING 02800-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE may require immediate staking/guying. 2. Stake trees under 3" caliper. 3. Guy trees over 3" caliper. 4. All work shall be acceptable to the Landscape Architect. 3.4 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain plantings until completion and acceptance of the entire project. B. Maintenance shall include pruning, cultivating, weeding, watering, mowing sod, and application of appropriate insecticides and fungicides necessary to maintain plants free of insects and disease. I. Re-set settled plants to proper grade and position. Restore planting saucer and adjacent material and remove dead material. 2. Tighten and repair guy wires and stakes as required. 3. Correct defective work as soon as possible after deficiencies become apparent and weather and season permit. 3.5 ACCEPTANCE A. Inspection to determine acceptance of planted areas will be made by the Landscape Architect, upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least 10 working days before requested inspection date. I. Planted areas will be accepted provided all requirements, including maintenance, have been compiled with and plant materials are alive in a healthy and vigorous condition. B. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume responsibility for plant maintenance. 3.7 CLEANING A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion ofthe work. Remove from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from planting operations. END OF SECTION 02800 I I I I I I I I I I I I Ii I, I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART I GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Provide an underground irrigation system as shown and specified. The work includes: I. Automatic irrigation system including piping, fittings, sprinkler heads, and accessones. 2. Valves, and fittings. 3. Controller, control wires. 4. Testing. 5. Excavating and backfilling irrigation system work. 6. Pipe sleeves. 7. Well installation. B. Related work: 1. Section 02920: 2. Section 02930: Sodding. Landscaping. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's qualifications: Irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has satisfactorily installed irrigation systems on at least five (5) other projects of comparable complexity. B. Materials, equipment, and methods of installation shall comply with the following codes and standards: I. All applicable local codes or regulations. 2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. The Irrigation Association (IA). 4. Florida Irrigation Society. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to reject material or work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Excavating, backfilling and compacting operations: Comply with Section 02200 requirements and as specified. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02810-1 1.4 1.5 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE I I I I I I I I I I I I .1 .1 I I I I I E. . Obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of installed and tested irrigation system prior to installing backfill materials. SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each of the system components. B. Submit shop drawings for the irrigation system. Include piping layout and details illustrating location and types of sprinkler heads, valves, control systems and wiring, and list of fittings. Show sprinkler head coverage. C. Upon irrigation system acceptance, submit a written Operations and Maintenance Manual. The Contractor shall prepare and deliver this Manual to the Landscape Architect within ten (l0) calendar days prior to the completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover, three ring binders containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Landscape Architect and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and 'hands on' instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Landscape Architect at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered, including four-hour instruction (min.) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance and two-hour instruction (min.) for automatic control D. Provide irrigation system record drawings: 1. Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction. 2. Indicate horizontal and vertical locations referenced to permanent surface improvements. 3. Identify field changes of dimension and detail and changes made by Change Order. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver irrigation system components in manufacturer's original undamaged and unopened containers with labels intact and legible. B. Deliver plastic piping in bundles, packaged to provide adequate protection of pipe ends, both threaded or plain. IRRIGA nON SYSTEM 02810-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PART II 2.1 1.6 A. CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE C. Store and handle materials to prevent damage and deterioration. D. Provide secure, locked storage for valves, sprinkler heads and similar components that cannot be immediately replaced to prevent installation delay. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Known underground and surface utility lines, if any, are indicated on the drawings. However, the Contractor is responsible for locating all existing utilities: Call Sunshine at (800) 432- 4770 a minimum of two days and a maximum of five days prior to starting excavation, trenching, etc. The Contractor is also responsible for avoiding! protecting new utility work constructed during streetscape project. Reference submittals and as-built drawings. B. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24" diameter and larger with the Landscape Architect prior to installation of the main line( s). C. Promptly notify the Landscape Architect of unexpected subsurface conditions. D. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the work area and equipment until fmal acceptance by the Landscape Architect. 1. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing, as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. 2. Promptly repair damage to adjacent facilities caused by irrigation system work operations. The cost of these repairs shall be at Contractor's expense. E. Irrigation system layout is diagrammatic. Exact locations or piping, sprinkler heads, valves and other components shall be established by Contractor in the field at time of installation. 1. Space sprinkler components as indicated on plans. 2. Minor adjustments in system layout will be permitted to clear existing fixed obstructions. However, larger changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified only with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Final system layout shall be accepted by the Landscape Architect. 3. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road! paving crossings. 4. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. PRODUCTS MATERIALS General: IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02810-3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1. Provide only new materials without flaws or defects and of the highest quality of their specified class and kind. 2. Comply with pipe sizes and types indicated. No substitution of smaller pipes will be permitted. Larger sizes may be subject to acceptance of the Landscape Architect. Remove damaged and defective pipe. 3. Provide pipe continuously and permanently marked with manufacturer's name or trademark, size schedule and type of pipe, working pressure at 73 0 F. B. Plastic pipe, fittings and connections: 1. Polyvinyl chloride pipe: ASTM D2241, rigid, unplasticized PVC, extruded from virgin parent material. Provide pipe homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, wrinkles and dents. a. Lateral lines: SDR 2; Class 160 b. Mainlines and sleeves; Schedule 40 2. PVC pipe fittings: ASTM D2241 schedule 40 PVC molded fittings suitable for solvent weld, slip joint ring tite seal, or screwed connections. Fittings made of other materials are not permitted. 3. All pipe under paved areas will be sleeved with Schedule 40 P.V.C. The Contractor will provide a minimum of2" Schedule 40 P.V.C. under all paved areas to produce access for electrical control wire. 4. Sleeves to be white in color, water pipes purple in color. C. Sprinkler heads, valves and associated equipment: 1. Refer to drawing's materials lists. a. Sprinklers: All Sprinkler heads shall be as indicated on the drawings. All sprinkler heads on risers of 12 inches or more shall be secure in plumb position using a 30 inch angle iron stake and stainless steel clamps. All risers shall be painted; color to be determined by Landscape Architect. D. Controls: 1. Refer to drawing's materials list. a. Controller: Irrigation contractor shall furnish electric controller as indicated on the drawing. Controller shall be installed in the area shown on the drawing. Power from the electrical panel to the irrigation controller shall be furnished by others. All wiring from the irrigation controller to the remote control valves shall be furnished and installed by the irrigation contractor in IRRIGA nON SYSTEM 02810-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.2 3.3 2.2 PART III 3.1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE the same trench as the main line. E. Electrical control wire: 1. Electrical control and ground wire: Type UF 600 volt A WG control cable # 14 or larger. 2. Wire color code: Provide control or "hot" wires red in color. Provide common or "ground" wires white in color. ACCESSORIES A. Paint: Rust inhibitive paint, color to be determined by Owner. B. Valve access boxes: Tapered enclosure of rigid plastic material comprised of fibrous components chemically inert and unaffected by moisture corrosion and temperature changes. Provide lid of same material, purple in color. EXECUTION INSPECTION A. Examine fmal grades and installation conditions. Do not start irrigation system work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. PREPARATION A. Layout and stake the location of each pipe run and all sprinkler heads and sprinkler valves. Obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of layout prior to excavating. B. Schedule 40 sleeves to be used under paved vehicular use areas shall be placed prior to compaction of paved areas. Coordinate all sleeve placement with general contractor. C. Place sleeves as indicated for installation of piping and control wire. INSTALLATION A. Excavating and backfilling: 1. Excavate trenches of sufficient depth and width to permit proper handling of installation of pipe and fittings. Dig trenches straight. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. 2. Excavate to depths required to provide 2" depth of earth fill or sand bedding for piping when rock or other unsuitable bearing materials in encountered. 3. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between lines of all other trades. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02810-5 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 4. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. 5. Fill to match adjacent grade elevations with approved earth fill material. Place and compact fill in layers not greater than 8" depth. a. Provide approved earth fill or sand to a point 4" above the top of the pipe. b. Fill to within 6" of final grade with approved excavated fill materials free of lumps or rocks larger than 3" in any dimension. b. Provide clean topsoil fill free of rocks and debris for top 6" of fill. c. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FOOT Specifications Book, latest edition. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or hand tampers with a face area of no more than 100 square inches. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. 6. Except as indicated, install irrigation mains with a minimum cover of 18" based on finished grades. Install irrigation laterals with a minimum cover of 12" based on finished grades. 7. Excavate trenches and install piping and fill during the same working day. Do not leave open trenches or partially filled trenches open overnight. B. Plastic pipe: 1. Install plastic pipe in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction. 2. Saw cut plastic pipe. Use a square-in-sawing vice to ensure a square cut. Remove burrs and shavings at cut ends prior to installation. 3. Make plastic to plastic joints with solvent weld joints or slip seal joints. Use only solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Allow welded joints at least 15 min. setup/ curing time before moving or handling. Install plastic pipe fittings in accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions. Contractor shall make arrangements with pipe manufacturer for all necessary field assistance. 4. Make plastic to metal joints with plastic male adapters. 5. Make solvent weld joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Allow joints to set at last 24 hours before pressure is applied to the system. C. Sprinklers, fittings, valves and accessories: IRRIGA nON SYSTEM 02810-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1. Install fittings, valves, sprinkler heads, risers and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, except as otherwise indicated. a. Provide concrete thrust blocks where required at fittings and valves. 2. Set sprinkler heads perpendicular to fmished grades, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Obtain Landscape Architecfs review and acceptance of height for proposed sprinkler heads and valves prior to installation. 4. Locate sprinkler heads to assure proper coverage of indicated areas. Do not exceed sprinkler head spacing distances indicated. 5. Install risers for spray heads in shrub or flower bed areas and planters of sufficient height to prevent interruption of the stream by the plan material. a. Provide risers of 1/2" PVC pipe, threaded each end. d. Paint exposed galvanized risers with 1 coat black paint. c. Set risers in a row with top level and in-line. 6. Install pop-up gear driven sprinklers withI/2" ribbed flex PVC pipe. Fabricate double swing risers of schedule 80 PVC nipples and schedule 40 PVC elbows. The horizontal nipple connected directly into the side of the lateral line shall be a minimum 00" long. All other nipples of the swing joint riser shall be oflength as required for proper installation of the sprinkler head. a. If the sprinkler heads have a side inlet, 2 street ells and a nipple may be used instead of a double swing joint assembly. 7. Install controller as detailed. 8. Install in-ground control valves in a valve access box as indicated. 9. Install valve access boxes on a suitable base of gravel to provide a level foundation at proper grade and to provide drainage of the access box. 10. Seal threaded connections on pressure side of control valves with teflon tape or approved plastic joint type compound. D. Control wiring. 1. Install electric control cable in the piping trenches wherever possible. Place wire in trench adjacent to pipe. Install wire with slack to allow for thermal expansion and contraction. Expansion joints in wire may be provided at 200-foot intervals by making 5-6 turns of the wire around a piece of 1/2" pipe instead of slack. Where necessary to run wire in a separate trench, provide a minimum cover of 12". IRRIGA nON SYSTEM 02810-7 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 2. Provide sufficient slack at site connections at remote control valves in control boxes and at all wire splices to allow raising the valve bonnet or splice to the surface without disconnecting the wires when repair is required. 3. Connect each remote control valve to one station ofa controller except as otherwise indicated. 4. Connect remote valves to common ground wire system. 5. Make wire connections to remote control electric valves and splices of wire in the field, using wire connectors and sealing cement in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Provide tight joints to prevent leakage of water and corrosion build-up of the joint. E. Sleeves: 1. Install new sleeves prior to paving installation wherever possible. Coordinate with general contractor. 2. Install pipe sleeves under existing concrete or asphalt surface by jacking, boring, or hydraulic driving of the sleeve. Remove and replace existing concrete and asphalt surfaces where cutting is necessary. Obtain Owner's permission before cutting existing concrete and asphalt surfaces. Where piping is shown under paved areas that are adjacent to turf areas, install the piping in the turf areas. F. Flushing, testing and adjustment: I. After sprinkler piping and risers are installed and before sprinkler heads are installed, open control valves and flush out the system with full head of water. 2. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. When temperature is above 80 degrees Fahrenheit, allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hrs. curing time before water is introduced under pressure. 3. Perform system testing upon completion of each section. Make necessary repairs and retest repaired sections as required. 4. Adjust sprinklers after installation for proper and adequate distribution of the water over the coverage patter. Adjust for the proper arc of coverage. 5. Tighten nozzles on spray type sprinklers after installation. Adjust sprinkler adjusting screw on lateral line or circuit as required for proper radius. Interchange nozzles' patterns as directed by the Landscape Architect to give best arc of coverage. 6. Adjust all electric remote control valve flow control stems for system balance. 7. Test and demonstrate the controller by operating appropriate day, hour, and station selection features as required to automatically start and shut down irrigation cycles to IRRIGA nON SYSTEM 02810-8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.6 3.7 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE accommodate plant requirements. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Stockpile, haul from site, and legally dispose of waste materials, including unsuitable excavated materials, rock, trash, and debris. 3.5 ACCEPTANCE A. Test and demonstrate to the Landscape Architect and Owner the satisfactory operation of the system free of leaks. All main lines shall be hydrostatically tested at a pressure of 100 psi for a period of time not less than 3 hours. Should any leaks be found, it shall be repaired. The line shall then be retested until satisfactory. B. Instruct the Owner's designated personnel in the operation of the system, including adjustment of sprinklers, controller(s) and valves. C. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume operation of the system. GUARANTEES A. The irrigation contractor shall furnish warranties in writing certifying that the quality and workmanship of all materials and installation furnished is in accordance with these specifications and in accordance with the original manufacturers' warranties. Irrigation contractor shall further see to the fulfillment of all manufacturers' warranties. Irrigation contractor shall warrant the installation workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of completion of acceptance of the job or any accepted portion of the job. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. CLEANING A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion ofthe work. Remove from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from irrigation system installation. END OF SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02810-9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 02870 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. All site furnishings described herein shall be purchased by the Owner for installation by the Contractor. Furnishings shall be delivered to the site. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals to install site furnishings, shown on the drawings and as specified. Items of work are: 1. Bench 3. Trash Receptacle 4. Bike Rack 5. Planter Pots 6. Sphere Bollards 7. Removable Bollards 8. Moveable Tables in Station Square Park, with Umbrella 9. Moveable Tables in Station Square Park, without Umbrella 10. Street Clock in Station Square Park B. Related work: 1. Section 02751: Cement Concrete Pavement 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, finishes, field-assembly requirements, and installation details. B. Maintenance Data: For site and street furnishings to include in maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All furnishings described herein shall be installed by qualified tradesmen. B. All installation work and materials to be per manufacturer's specifications, or as directed by the Landscape Architect. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Store in a secure and weather-protected area. B. Return all damaged products to the manufacturer/distributor for replacement. C. Any product damaged by Contractor will be replaced at the Contractor's cost (shipping and product) at no additional cost to the Owner. D. All products shall be inspected by the Landscape Architect for damage and chipped SITE FURNISHINGS 02870-1 SITE FURNISHINGS 02870-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE or marred finish prior to installation. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. VerifY all work to field locations and dimensions and coordinate work being done by others. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Bench 1. 2. Metal, backed bench by Landscape Forms, through GAP Architectural Products at (407) 645-4857, or approved equal. Model 'SCARBOROUGH', backed, no center arm, horizontal strap seat, 28"x34"x72", black powdercoat finish. Quantity: 38 3. B. Trash Receptacle 1. Metal trash receptacle by Landscape Forms, through GAP Architectural Products at (407) 645-4857, or approved equal. 2. Model 'SCARBOROUGH', side-opening, vertical strap, 25"x40", keyed lock, sand pan on top, black powdercoat finish. 3. Quantity: 34 C. Bike Rack 1. Metal bike rack by Landscape Forms, through GAP Architectural Products at (407) 645-4857, or approved equal. 2. Model 'PI', embedded, black powdercoat fmish. 3. Quantity: 18 D. Planter Pots 1. Stone decorative pots by Dura Art Stone, through GAP Architectural Products at (407) 645-4857, or approved equal. 2. Model 'CALLA W A V' style, 'CA' round, cast stone, LSB-light sandblast, 'S-12 rust' color. Three sizes: a. 5 ft. dia. X 30" ht. b. 3 ft. dia. X 22" ht. c. 3 ft. dia. X 17" ht. 3. Quantity: a. Pot 'A': 5 ft. dia. X 30" ht. = 22 b. Pot 'B': 3 ft. dia. X 22" ht. = 28 c. Pot 'C': 3 ft. dia. X 17" ht. = 24 E. Sphere Bollards 1. Cast concrete sphere bollard by Dura Art Stone, through GAP Architectural Products at (407) 645-4857, or approved equal. 2. Model 'SPHERE' style, 36" dia. X 41" ht., 'S-12 rust' color. 3. Quantity: 12 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PART 3 3.1 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE F. Removable Bollards 1. Removable and lockable cast iron bollards by Urban Accessories, (877) 487-0488 or approved equal 2. Model 'SAN FRANSICO' bollard, powdercoat black. 3. Quantity: 7 G. Umbrella Table in Station SQuare Park 1. Free-standing round table with four (4) chairs each by landscape forms or approved equal (Gap 407-645-2854). 2. Chairs: 'Verona' grid chair without arms, color: black. Tables: 36" diameter steelhead table with quad, surface mount supports, color: black. 'Equinox' umbrella with plain edge, color to be determined by landscape architect. 3. Quantity: 8 H. Four top Table in Station SQuare Park 1. Free-standing round table with four (4) chairs each by landscape forms or approved equal (Gap 407-645-2854). 2. Chairs: 'Verona' grid chair without arms, color: black. Tables: 36" diameter steelhead table with quad, surface mount supports, color: black. 3. Quantity: 7 I. Street Clock in Station SQuare Park 1. 10'-9" tall aluminum street clock by Verdin Design (407) 843-7020 (Veazey Group) or approved equal. 2. Model 'Howard Replica 11,' two-faced, 24", legible, 22", rear illuminations, face with spade hands, aluminum post, color: black. 3. Quantity: 1 EXECUTION INSTALLATION A. Install furnishings in locations as indicated on the plans and as per manufacturer's specifications. B. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Complete field assembly of site and street furnishings, where required. C. Unless otherwise indicated, install site and street furnishings after landscaping and paving have been completed. D. Install site and street furnishings level, plumb, true, and securely anchored at locations indicated on Drawings. E. Mount bike rack, benches, etc. as indicated on the plans. F. Assure that all furnishings are installed plumb and level and in accordance with the plans and SITE FURNISHINGS 02870-3 3.2 3.3 3.4 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE details. ACCEPTANCE A. The Landscape Architect will review each installation to determine compliance with plans and specifications prior to final acceptance of the work. B. Any work not installed in accordance with the plans and specifications and rejected by the Landscape Architect shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. GUARANTEES A. The contractor shall furnish warranties in writing certifying that the quality and workmanship of all materials and installation furnished is in accordance with these specifications and in accordance with the original manufacturers' warranties. The Contractor shall warrant the installation workmanship for a period of one year from the date offmal acceptance of the job, or any accepted portion of the job. CLEANING A. Perform cleaning during installation ofthe work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site all excess materials, soil, debris, and equipment. Inspect components. Repair damaged finishes to match original finish or replace component. END OF SECTION 02870 SITE FURNISHINGS 02870-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 02920 SODDING PARTI-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide sodding as shown and specified in Contract Documents. The work includes: 1. Soil preparation. 2. Sodding median areas. 3. Maintenance. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. Section 02810:. 2. Section 02930: Irrigation System. Landscaping. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit sod growers certification of grass species. IdentifY source location. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sod: Comply with American Sod Producers Association (ASPA) classes of sod materials. B. Provide and pay for materials testing. Testing agency shall be acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Provide the following data: 1. Topsoil: a. Ph factor. b. Mechanical analysis. c. Percentage of organic content. d. Recommendations on type and quantity of additives required to establish satisfactory Ph factor and supply of nutrients to bring nutrients to satisfactory level for planting. 1.5 DELNERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Cut, deliver and install sod or sprigs within a 24-hour period. 1. Do not harvest or transport sod when moisture content may adversely affect sod survival. 2. Protect sod and sprigs from sun, wind, and dehydration prior to installation. 3. Do not tear, stretch, or drop sod during handling and installation. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Work notification: NotifY Landscape Architect at least 7 working days prior to start of SODDING 02920-01 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE sodding operations. B. Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from damage caused by sodding operations. C. Perform sodding work only after irrigation and other work affecting ground surface has been completed. D. Provide hose and lawn watering equipment as required. E. The irrigation system will be installed prior to sodding. Locate, protect, and maintain the irrigation system during sodding operations. Repair irrigation system components damaged during sodding operations at the Contractor's expense. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide a uniform stand of grass by watering, mowing and maintaining lawn areas until final acceptance. Re-sod areas which fail to provide a uniform stand of grass with specified materials, until all affected areas are accepted by the Landscape Architect. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Sod: St. Augustine 'Bitter Blue'. B. Provide healthy, well-rooted, material, free of diseases, nematodes and soil borne insects. Provide sod uniform in color, leaf texture, density, and free of weeds, undesirable grasses, stones, roots, thatch, and extraneous material; viable and capable of growth and development when planted. 1. Furnish sod machine stripped and of Supplier's standard width, length, and thickness: Uniformly 1-l/2"to 2" thick with clean cut edges. Mow sod before stripping. 2. Sod shall be of even thickness and free of noxious weeds and in healthy condition before being laid. 3. Sod is not to be stacked from more than 24 hrs. before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. D. Fertilizer for sodded areas: 1. Granular, non-burning product meeting the requirement of Federal Specification 0- F-24LS, at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30%-50% ofthe nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1: 1 or 2: 1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than v.. the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (ie.e manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). SODDING 02920-02 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE E. Water: Free of substance harmful to sod growth. Hoses or other methods of transportation furnished by Contractor. PART III - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine finish surfaces, grades, topsoil quality and depth. Do not start sodding work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Limit preparation to areas, which will be immediately sodded. B. Loosen topsoil of lawn areas to minimum depth of 4". Remove stones over 1" in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and extraneous matter. C. Grade lawn areas to smooth, free draining and even surface with a loose, uniformly fLJ;le texture. The finish grade of the soil should by a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. Roll and rake; remove ridges and fill depressions as required to drain. D. An application of 6-6-640% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 SF. Apply fertilizer for sodded areas by mechanical rotary or drop type distributor, thoroughly and evenly incorporated with the soil to a depth of 4" by discing and other approved methods. Fertilize areas inaccessible to power equipment with hand tools and incorporate it into soil. E. Dampen dry soil prior to sodding. F. Restore prepared areas to specified condition if eroded, settled, or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and prior to sodding. Float the field to the desired smoothness using a drag of drag harrow and mix fertilization and lime into the upper 2" layer of soil. Leave surface soft enough that planter will penetrate soil surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Sodding: 1. All sod is to be placed in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982, and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, latest edition. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly-fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod strips. Do not overlay edges. Stagger strips to offset joints in adjacent courses. Remove excess sod to avoid smothering of adjacent grass. Provide sod pad top flush with adjacent curbs, sidewalks, and drains. Do not lay dormant sod or install sod on saturated soil. Water sod thoroughly with a fine spray immediately after laying. Roll with light lawn roller immediately after placement to ensure contact with sub- 2. 2. 3. 3. SODDING 02920-03 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE grade and to compact to uniform fmished grade. 4. Thouroughly water sod immediately after placement. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod throughouly and to wet to a depth of2". Water in a manner than avoids erosion or damage to sod and fmished surface. B. Sod indicated areas within contract limits and areas adjoining contract limits disturbed as a result of construction operations. 3.4 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain sodded lawn areas, including watering, spot weeding, mowing, application of herbicides, fungicides, insecticides and resodding until a full, uniform stand of grass free of weed, undesirable grass species, disease, and insects is achieved and accepted by the Landscape Architect. 1. Water sod thoroughly every day, as required to establish proper rooting. 2. Repair, rework, and resod all areas that have washed out or are eroded. Replace undesirable or dead areas with new sod. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to Landscape Architect, shall be removed and replaced by Contractor at no additional compensation. 3. Mow lawn areas as soon as lawn top growth reaches a 3" height. Cut back to 2" height. Not more than 40% of grass leaf shall be removed at any single mowing. 3.5 ACCEPTANCE A. Inspection to determine acceptance of sodded lawns will be made by Landscape Architect, upon Contractor's request. Provide notification at least seven (7) working days before required inspection date. 1. Sodded areas will be acceptable provided all requirements, including maintenance, have been complied with, and a healthy, even-colored viable lawn is established, free of weeds, undesirable grass species, disease and insects. B.. Upon acceptance, the Owner will assume responsibility for lawn maintenance. 3.6 CLEANING A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion ofthe work. Remove from site all excess materials, debris and equipment. Repair damage resulting from sodding operations. END OF SECTION 02920 SODDING 02920-04 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Cleveland Street Streetscape City of Clearwater SECTION V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 CONCRETE I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE SECTION 03300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide cast-in-place concrete as shown and specified. The work includes: 1. F ormwork. 2. Reinforcing and accessories. 3. Cast-in-place concrete foundations, footings and miscellaneous structural concrete. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing and inspection: Performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory. B. Provide and pay for testing and inspection during concrete operations. Laboratory shall be acceptable to the Landscape Architect. C. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM). 2. American Concrete Institute, (ACI). D. Maintain field record of time, date of placing, curing, and removal of forms of concrete in each portion of work. E. Do not change source or brands of cement and aggregate materials during the course of the work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit concrete mix designs. Obtain approval before placing concrete. B. Product data: 1. Submit complete materials list of items proposed for the work. Identify materials source. 2. Submit admixture and accessory item product data. 3. Submit material certificates for aggregates and reinforcing. C. Submit concrete delivery tickets. Show the following: 1. Batch number. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2. Mix by class or sack content with maximum size aggregate. 3. Admixtures. 4. Air content. 5. Slump. 6. Time ofloading. D. Submit concrete test reports. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Work notification: Notify Landscape Architect at least 48 hours prior to installation of concrete. B. Establish and maintain required lines, surfaces, and elevations. C. Do not install concrete work over wet, saturated, muddy, or frozen subgrade. D. Do not install concrete when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Use of calcium chloride, salt, or any other admixture to prevent concrete from freezing is prohibited. E. Protect adjacent work. F. Provide temporary barricades and warning lights as required for protection of project work and public safety. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type 1, natural color. B. Aggregate: Provide ASTM C33 normal weight aggregates, 1" maximum size, clean, uncoated crushed stone or gravel coarse aggregate free of materials which cause staining or rust spots; fine aggregate shall be clean natural sand. C. Water: Clean, fresh, and potable. D. Water-reducing admixture: ASTM C494. 2.2 MIXES A. Provide ASTM C94 ready-mixed concrete. Batch mixing at site not is acceptable. Use ACI 301 Method 1 or Method 2 to determine mix proportions. 1. Strength: 3,000 psi minimum at 28 days. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2. Slump range: 2" to 4" maximum for consolidation by vibration. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Forms: Wood, plywood, or soni-tube'of sufficient strength to resist concrete placement pressure and to maintain horizontal and vertical alignment during concrete placement. Provide forms straight, free of defects, and distortion. Minimize joints by using largest practical sizes. 1. Provide form ties, formwork accessories, and anchorages of size required and of sufficient strength to maintain formwork in proper alignment and tolerances while placing concrete. B. Form release agent: Non-staining chemical form release agent free of oils, waxes, and other materials harmful to concrete. C. Reinforcing bars: ASTM A615, A616, or A617, Grade 60, new domestic deformed steel bars, sizes indicated. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine subgrades and installation conditions. Do not start concrete work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Place no concrete in footings before inspection and acceptance of bearing surfaces. 3.2 PREP ARA TION A. Verify lines, levels, and locations of formed concrete work. Verify that form dimensions comply with drawing dimensions. B. Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support all applied vertical and lateral loads. Construct formwork to provide correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position of concrete work. C. Design and erect formwork to permit removal without damage to cast-in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials during stripping. D. Install, align, and level forms. Support and brace forms in place. Maintain following maximum tolerances: 1. Horizontal and vertical lines: 1/4" in 10'-0". 2. Location dimensions indicated: 1/4". 3. Cross sectional dimensions: Plus or minus 1/4". CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE E. Coat form surfaces in contact with concrete with form release agent. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as necessary to assure separation from concrete without damage. Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. F. Locate, place, and support reinforcement as indicated. 1. Provide reinforcing bars adequately supported and secured to prevent displacement. G. Install, set, and build-in items furnished by other trades. Provide adequate notification for installation of necessary items. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Concrete placement: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete", and as specified. B. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes during mixing, placing, and curing. In cold weather comply with ACI 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting". In hot weather comply with ACI 305, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting". C. Place all footings full thickness in one operation, without change 10 proportions; screeded to proper elevation; and floated. D. Consolidate installed concrete using mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented with hand rodding and tamping. Work concrete thoroughly around reinforcement and other embedded items and into all parts of formwork. E. Curing: Moist cure formed concrete surface with forms in place for 7 days. If forms are removed prior to 7 days, apply liquid membrane-forming curing compound complying with ASTM C309. F. Acceptance: The presence of serious honeycomb or excessive misalignment of forms shall be sufficient cause for rejection and replacement of the concrete affected at the Contractor's expense. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide field quality control testing and inspection during concrete operations. B. Contractor shall provide adequate notice, cooperate with, provide access to the work, obtain samples, and assist test agency and their representatives in execution of their function. C. Testing: 1. Provide slump test on first load of concrete delivered each day and whenever requested due to changes in consistency of appearance of concrete. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2. Strength testing: a. Provide 1 sample of test specimens for concrete placed in anyone day. Each sample shall consist of one set of two standard cylinder specimens. Secure samples in accordance with ASTM C 172 and mold specimens in accordance with ASTM C31. b. Test 1 set at 7 days and 2 sets at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39. c. Furnish copies of field records and test reports as follows: 2 copies to Landscape Architect 1 copy to Owner 1 copy to Contractor 3. Record the exact location of the concrete in the work represented by each set of cylinders and show on test reports. 4. Provide an insulated moist box for protection of the test cylinders until shipped to the laboratory. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete work from damage until final acceptance. 3.6 CLEANING A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site all excess materials, debris, and equipment. Repair damage resulting from concrete operations. END OF SECTION 03300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 I I I I I I I I I I .1 I I I I I I I I Cleveland Street Streetscape City of Clearwater SECTION V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 4 MASONRY I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I- I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For masonry reinforcing bars; comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." C. Samples: Showing the full range of colors and textures available for exposed masonry units and colored mortars. D. Material Test Reports: For each type of masonry unit, mortar, and grout required. E. Material Certificates: For each type of masonry unit required. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on each type of unit required per test method indicated. 1. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar: For properties per ASTM C 270 UBC Standard 21-16. 3. Grout: For compressive strength per ASTM C 1019 UBC Standard 21-18. B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire-resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6ffMS 602. B. Hot-Weather Requirements: When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F (38 deg C), or 90 deg F (32 deg C) with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph (13 kmlh), do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches (1200 mm) ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810-1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: 1900-psi- minimum, average net-area compressive strength. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. 3. Type: I, moisture-controlled units. 4. Special Shapes: Provide for lintels, comers, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C ISO, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Ready-Mixed Mortar: Cementitious materials, water, and aggregate complying with requirements specified in this article, combined with set-controlling admixtures to produce a ready mixed mortar complying with ASTM C 1142. D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. E. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve. 1. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural-colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color. a. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. F. Water: Clean and Potable. 2.3 REINFORCING A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M; Grade 60. B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951; mill galvanized, carbon-steel wire for interior walls and hot-dip galvanized, carbon-steel wire for exterior walls. 1. Wire Size for Side Rods: O.148-inch (9 gage) diameter. 2. Wire Size for Cross Rods: O.148-inch (9-gage)] diameter. 3. Single-Wythe Masonry: Use either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods and cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c. Retain below for cavity and composite walls. 2.4 TIES AND ANCHORS UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE A. Materials, General: As follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating for exterior walls and Class 1 coating for interior walls. 2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M cold-rolled, carbon-steel sheet hot- dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153, Class B2 (for unit lengths over 15 inches) and class B3 (for unit lengths under 15 inches), for sheet metal ties and anchors exposed to the weather and not completely embedded in mortar and grout. 3. Galvanized Heavy-Thickness Steel Sheet: ASTM A 635 (commercial quality) hot- rolled carbon steel sheet hot dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525, Class B3 for rigid anchors fabricated from sheet steel or strip with a thickness of 0.180 inch and greater. B. Bent Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches (100 mm) wide, made from 3/16-inch- (4.8-mm-) diameter, galvanized steel wire. C. Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide two-piece assemblies that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to wall. 1. Anchor Section: Dovetail anchor section formed from 0.0528-inch- (1.35-mm-) thick, galvanized steel sheet. 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch (25 mm) of masonry face, made from 0.1875-inch- (4.8-mm-) diameter, galvanized steel wire. Structural requirement in paragraph below is from BIA Technical Notes No. 28B. 2.5 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing and Accessories: Fabricated to complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1. Material: Stainless steel, 0.0156 inch (0.4 mm) thick. 2. Metal Drip Edges: Extending at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and 1/2 inch (13 mm) out from wall, with a hemmed outer edge bent down 30 degrees. 3. Flashing Terminations: Extending at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch (19 mm) and then down into joint 3/8 inch (10 mm) to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2Al; compressible up to 35 percent; formulated from neoprene. B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall. Made from [styrene-butadiene-rubber compound complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805. C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810-3 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2.7 INSULATION A. Loose-Granular Fill Insulation: Perlite complying with ASTM C 549, Type II or N. 2.8 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup (0. 14-L) dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2-cup (0.14-L) dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. (4 L) of water. B. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 2.9 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification. 1. Extended-Life Mortar for Unit Masonry: Mortar complying with ASTM C 1142 may be used instead of mortar specified above, at Contractor's option. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to Portland cement, mortar cement, and lime. 3. For masonry below grade, in contact with earth, and where indicated, use Type S or RS. 4. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. D. Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. Limit pigments to the following percentages of cement content by weight: 1. For Portland cement-lime mortar, not more than 10 percent. 2. For masonry cement or mortar cement mortar, not more than 5 percent. E. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 5 of ACI 530.1/ ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured according to ASTM C 143. 2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE A. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests:. For each type, class and grade of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested by qualified independent testing laboratory for strength, absorption, and moisture content according to ASTM C 140. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other specific conditions, and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry: 1. For the record, prepare a written report, endorsed by the installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of unit masonry 2. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual location of piping connections prior to installation. 3. DO.no proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with referenced unit masonry standard and other requirements indicated applicable to each type of installation included in Project. B. Thickness: Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness indicated. C. Build chases and recesses as shown or required to accommodate items specified in this and other sections of the specifications. Provide not less than 8 inches of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. D. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installation of equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening. E. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean sharp unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full size units without cutting where possible. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. F. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. G. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6ffMS 602 and the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external comers, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as exposed lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor'1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810-5 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in bond pattern indicated; do not use units with less than nominal4-inch (IOO-mm).horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other Sections ofthe Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. D. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches (600 mm) under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. 3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. B. Cut joints flush masonry walls to be concealed or to be covered by other materials, unless otherwise indicated. Exterior exposed joints to be raked, interior exposed joints to be concave where seen. 3.5 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated. Install with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch (16 mm) on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch (13 mm) elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of6 inches (150 mm). B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control or expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special conditions. 3.6 LINTELS A. Provide masonry lintels where shown. Provide precast lintels made from concrete matching concrete masonry units in color, texture, and compressive strength and with reinforcing bars indicated or required to support loads indicated. Cure precast lintels before handling and installation. Temporarily support formed in place lintels: UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I , CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 1. For hollow concrete masonry unit walls, use specially formed bond beam units with reinforcement bars placed as indicated and filled with course grout. 2. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 3.7 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6ffMS 602. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6ffMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality-control testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance, as authorized by Change Orders. 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested according to ASTM C 140. 3.9 REPAIRING, POINTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units and in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point-up all joints including comers, openings and adjacent construction to provide a neat uniform appearance, prepared for application of sealants. C. Clean unit masonry by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints, as work progresses. D. After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for companson purposes. 2. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner. 3. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing the surfaces thoroughly with clear water. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810-7 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE . 4. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. E. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to installer, that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Masonry Waste Disposal: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including broken masonry units, waste mortar, and excess or soil-contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished grade. 2. Remove excess, clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810-8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I I il I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I Cleveland .Street Streetscape City of Clearwater SECTION V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 5 METALS I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I II I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Decorative arch at Station Square Park. 2. Kiosks. 3. Trellises. 4. Decorative aluminum fencing. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: 1. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installing anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, wedge-type inserts and other items indicated to be cast into concrete. 2. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for installing anchor bolts, and other items indicated to be built into unit masonry. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Provide exterior metal fabrications that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, specifications, component performance data and installation instructions. Submit samples of selected aluminum finish for approval by the Landscape Architect, prior to commencement of work. METAL F ABRICA nONS 05500 - 1 METAL F ABRICA TIONS 05500 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I !I~' I I I I I I ,I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE , B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Include details of concrete footing and column anchorage. 2. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. 3. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following except as otherwise indicated: 1. Welding: American Welding Society, (A WS). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM). 3. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, (NAAMM). B. Installer Qualification: Not less than three (3) years experience in installation of structure types, quantity and installation methods similar to work of this section. C. Shop Assembly: Preassemble structures in shop to greater extent possible and disassemble as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark for reassembly and coordinated installation. D. Welding: Comply with American Welding Society (A WS) Structural Welding Code. Qualify welding procedures, welders, and welding operations in accordance with A WS Standard Qualification Procedure. E. System Performance: Provide picnic shelters, cabanas, bleacher cover structures, concession shade structure, dig shade structure, softball bleachers and trellises that have been designed, produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal temperature changes as well as live loading, dead loading and wind loading in compliance with Standard Building Code requirements for geographic area in which work is located and as follows: 1. Live Load: 30 p.s.f. minimum. 2. Wind Load: 130 mph. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I. I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 1.7 ,. COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Coordinate installation of steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete that are specified in this Section but required for work of another Section. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.3 NONFERROUS METALS A. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to A WS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory-packaged, ferrous-aggregate grout complying with ASTM C 1107, specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy-duty loading applications. C. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. METAL F ABRlCA TIONS 05500 - 3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE D. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in- Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 1. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. METAL F ABRICA TIONS 05500 - 4 I I I il I ,I I I I I 'I I I I I .J Ii I I I I I, I I I I I I' I I ,I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum fmishes. B. As-Fabricated Finish: AA-MIO (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, unspecified). C. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, fmish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. METAL F ABRICA TIONS 05500 - 5 CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. I. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated for girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. D. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. I. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed and leveled. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-P A I for touching up shop-painted surfaces. I. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 9 painting Sections. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05505 METAL F ABRlCA TIONS 05500 - 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I ,f I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I Cleveland Street Streetscape City of Clearwater SECTION V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 9 PAINTING I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I; I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. 1. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). 2. Small Areas and Items: Landscape Architect will designate items or areas required. 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. B. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C). C. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C). D. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). Coronado Paint Company (Coronado). PAINTING 09900-1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 3. ICI DuluxPaint Centers (lCI DuluxPaints). 4. M. A. Bruder & Sons, Inc. (M. A. B. Paint). 5. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). 6. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Colors: match samples. 2.3 PREPARATORY COATS A. Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. B. Exterior Primer: Exterior latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. I. Ferrous-Metal and Aluminum Substrates: Rust-inhibitive metal primer. 2. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer. 3. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat. C. Interior Primer: Interior latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. 1. Ferrous-Metal Substrates: Quick drying, rust-inhibitive metal primer. 2. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer. 3. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat. 2.4 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Exterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: 1. 2. 3. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex House & Trim Paint No. 170. Coronado; 12-Line Supreme Acrylic Semi-Gloss. ICI Dulux Paints; 2406-XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Semi- Gloss Finish. Kelly-Moore; 1250 Acry-Lustre Exterior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Finish. M. A. B. Paint; Sea Shore/Four Seasons Acrylic Latex Trim Enamel 024 Line. 4. 5. PAINTING 09900-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I \1 I I I I I !I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-900 Series SpeedHide Exterior House & Trim Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex Paint. 7. Sherwin-Williams; A-I00 Latex Gloss A8 Series. B. Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Concrete, Masonry, and Wood: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss Enamel M28. 2. Coronado; 414 Super Kote 5000 Acrylic Gloss Enamel. 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 3028-XXXX Dulux InteriorlExterior Acrylic Gloss Finish. 4. Kelly-Moore; 1780 Kel-Guard Acrylic Gloss Enamel. 5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Finish 043 Line. 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90 Line Pitt-Tech One Pack InteriorlExterior High Performance Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels. 7. Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating Gloss (Waterborne) B66WI00 Series. 8. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Exterior High Gloss Latex Enamel A85 Series. C. Exterior Full-Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Ferrous and Other Metals: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss Enamel M28. 2. Coronado; 80 Line Rust Scat Acrylic Latex High Gloss Enamel. 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 3028-XXXX Dulux InteriorlExterior Acrylic Gloss Finish. 4. Kelly-Moore; 5780 DTM Acrylic Gloss Enamel. 5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust-O-Lastic Gloss Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Finish 043 Line. 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-300 Series Pitt-Tech One Pack InteriorlExterior High Performance Waterborne High Gloss DTM Industrial Enamels. 7. Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating Gloss (Waterborne) B66WI00 Series. 2.5 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Flat Acrylic Paint: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No. 275. 2. Coronado; 28 Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Flat Paint. 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1200-XXXX Dulux Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall & Trim Finish. 4. Kelly-Moore; 450 Pro-Wall Interior Flat Latex Wall Paint. 5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Flat 402 Line. 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-70 Line SpeedHide Interior Wall Flat-Latex Paint. 7. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint B30W200 Series. B. Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel: PAINTING 1. 2. 3. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel No. 274. Coronado; 30-Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Eggshell Enamel. ICI Dulux Paints; 1402-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Eggshell Interior Wall & Trim Enamel. Kelly-Moore; 1610 Sat-N-Sheen Interior Latex Low Sheen Wall and Trim Finish. Kelly-Moore; 1686 Dura-Poxy Eggshell Acrylic Enamel. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Satin Eggshell Enamel 405 Line. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-400 Series SpeedHide Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg-Shell Enamel B20W200 Series. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 09900-3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE C. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel No. 276. 2. Coronado; 32-Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel. 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1406-XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Semi-Gloss Interior Wall & Trim Enamel. 4. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Semi-Gloss 410 Line. 5. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-500 Series SpeedHide Interior Semi-Gloss Latex. 6. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel B3l W200 Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICA nON A. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. B. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. I. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. I. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Material Preparation: 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. E. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. F. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. PAINTING 09900-4 I l- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through fmal coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. G. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. H. Minimum Coating Thickness: recommended spreading rate. recommended by manufacturer. Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as I. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. J. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no bum-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. I. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA Pl. 3.3 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior full-gloss acrylic enamel for concrete, maosnry, and wood. B. Concrete Unit Masonry: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over block filler. a. b. Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler. Finish Coats: Exterior full-gloss acrylic enamel for concrete, masonry, and wood. Clear Block Sealer c. PAINTING 09900-5 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE C. Aluminum: 1. Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior aluminum primer under acrylic finishes. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. END OF SECTION 09900 PAINTING 09900-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Cleveland Street Streetscape City of Clearwater SECTION V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 10 SPECIAL TIES I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 10100 - SIGNALIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes items required to provide a complete and working traffic signal installation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. FDOT: Florida Department of Transportation B. APL: Approved Product List 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Meet the requirements of section 603-7 of the FDOT Standard Specifications. B. All mast arm signal installations shall meet the requirements of the current FDOT mast arm assembly design standards (index numbers 17743 and 17745). All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, current edition. 2. Comply with FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, current edition and the FDOT Design Standards, current edition. 3. Comply FDOT Minimum Specifications for Traffic Control Signal Devices, current edition. B. Guarantees: 1. Comply with requirements of FDOT Standard Specification section 608, latest edition. SIGNALIZATION 10100 - 1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE 1.6 DELNERY,STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling: Follow any instructions from the manufacturer B. Protect stored materials from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Store electronic equipment and wiring indoors. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor if storing inside. C. Store materials at a location approved by the Engineer. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Traffic Signal Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary traffic control according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two working days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of traffic signal service without Owner's written permission. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with the City of Clearwater Traffic Operations Department, Police Department and Fire and Rescue Department for work at all intersections. B. Coordinate with CSX Railroad for removal of signal equipment at the East Avenue intersection. C. Coordinate with the FDOT for work on the Myrtle Avenue intersection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TRAFFIC SIGNAL MATERIALS A. Traffic signal equipment shall meet the requirements set forth in FDOT Standard Specifications, the FDOT Minimum Specifications for Traffic Control Signal Devices, the FDOT Design Standards and the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 1. Mast arm poles and arms shall be black in color, with the color approved by the City prior to placement. 2. All traffic (including pedestrian) signal indications shall be LED's, and shall be approved by the City of Clearwater and the FDOT. 3. Coordinate color codes for signal cable and electrical power conductors with the City of Clearwater Traffic Operations Division. 4. Traffic Signal Controllers shall be compatible with the City of Clearwater Computerized Traffic Controller System. 5. Opticom system shall be compatible with existing City of Clearwater equipment. SIGNALIZATION 10100 - 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A. 3.2 A. 3.3 A. B. C. EARTHWORK Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT Drawings indicate the type and quantity of equipment to be installed. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC Maintain traffic per the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications and the FDOT Design Standards, Index 600 series, current editions. During periods where the signals are not working at a particular intersection traffic will be directed by an off-duty City of Clearwater police officer. During periods of signal changeover traffic shall be directed by an off-duty City of Clearwater police officer. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Meet the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications, current edition. B. Prepare reports of testing activities. Submit these reports to the Engineer for approval. 3.5 ACCEPTANCE A. Comply with the requirements of FDOT Standard Specification section 611, current version. City of Clearwater must accept all signals. Also, the FDOT must accept all work on the Myrtle Avenue signals. B. Provide three certified as-built drawings of all signal installations constructed during this project to the Engineer. One set is to remain in the cabinet. Provide two additional sets of certified as- built drawings of the signal installations at Myrtle Avenue to the FDOT. 3.6 DOCUMENTATION A. Meet the requirements ofFDOT Standard Specification 603-8, current version. B. Provide three certified as-built drawings of all signal installations constructed during this project to the Engineer. One set is to remain in the cabinet. Provide two additional sets of certified as- built drawings of the signal installations at Myrtle Avenue to the FDOT. END OF SECTION 10100 SIGNALIZATION 10100 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SECTION 10400 SIGNAGE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Engineering, fabrication, construction and installation of exterior signs and graphics. The work includes: 1. Fabrication of aluminum signs. 2. Construction of masonry ground signs. 3. Installation of aluminum signs. B. Related work: 1. Section 02060: Demolition 2. Section 02200: Earthwork 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials and methods of construction shall comply with the following standards: 1. American Society for testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. Aluminum Association 3. American Welding Society 4. All local, state and federal requirements, including the Florida Building Code, 2000 Edition. 1.3 SUBMITTALS F. SIGNAGE A. Submit proofs of art work of actual painted aluminum finishes and/or sheeting for each color specified. B. Submit complete alphabet, numerals, punctuation and graphics for review prior to commencement of fabrication. C. Prior to commencement of work, the Contractor shall provide shop drawings to the Landscape Architect, which shall show all dimensions, details of construction, materials, technical date and installation instructions for each type of sign required. Show anchorages and accessory items. Submitt shop drawings for each kiosk sign, showing text size, layout, dimensions, details, etc. and reference kiosk sign number, as show on Construction Documents, on submittal. D. Samples shall be fabricated with colors and finishes required within Construction Documents. E. Submit fabrication schedule. Provide written certification that all required permits, variances and approvals from agencies having jurisdiction have been secured. Section 10400-1 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE G. Submit six (6) sets of Shop Drawings to the Engineer for review and comment. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Work notification: Notify Engineer at least 24 hours prior to commencement of sign installations. Immediately notify Engineer if underground conditions will require relocating the proposed sign. B. Protect all adjacent property. Damage caused to property, including but not limited to buildings, storefronts, sidewalks, curbs, landscaping and irrigation during the construction shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Contractor shall also be responsible for the replacement of adjacent sidewalk panels that are damaged as a result of new sidewalk construction. Damage shall be considered as any chipping, cracking, buckling, etc., that occurs as a result of this work. C. Provide temporary barricades and warning lights. D. Provide exterior signs as indicated. E. Provide all anchors, mounting devices and hardware. F. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, supervision, permits, licenses and insurance necessary to furnish and install all signs. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provide a written warranty for three (3) years for sign construction, structures, paint fmishes and foundations. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. SIGNS AND SIGN ELEMENTS: 1. Sign and sign elements shall conform to the layout, design intent and proportions as indicated. 2. All materials shall be new stock, free from defects impairing strength, durability and appearance. 3. All fabrication shall be in accordance with the highest standards of the trade. All signs and components shall be complete and free from visual and structural/mechanical flaws. 4. No fabrication materials or procedures shall be used that will in any way change the visual quality or in any manner have an adverse effect on materials and surfaces. 5. Letter forms shall be aligned to maintain a base line parallel to the sign format. Margins shall be maintained as specified by the drawings. SIGNAGE Section 10400-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE 6. All edges of letter forms shall be sharp and clean with no edge build-up or bleeding. All surfaces of letter forms shall be without pinholes or defects. 7. All units shall be constructed of vandal-resistant construction materials, methods and equipment. All components shall be properly insulated to prevent corrosion between aluminum, steel, and non-aluminum metallic surfaces. All components shall be non- ferrous and shall be rustproof. All joints and seams shall be sealed and weatherproofed. 8. Pop rivets will not be acceptable as a method of mechanical fastening. 9. Fasteners shall be non-corrosive type fasteners and shall be non-conductive or insulated when joining non-compatible materials. Vandal-resistant fasteners shall be used whenever possible. 10. Metal symbols shall be cut out of aluminum. All glyphs shall be smooth, filed, and ground to remove the sand texture after which the faces are polished and buffed to high luster. Edges are not polished but are filled and ':4 round smooth. All surfaces have a clear acrylic polyurethane coating glass-like texture to retard corrosion. 11. Structural Steel Sections, Channels, Tubing and Angles shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-36, with prime paint coating. 12. Structural details on the drawing are for appearance only. The structural integrity of the signs shall be the responsibility of the sign manufacturer. B. SYMBOLS, TYPOGRAPHY AND COLOR: SIGNAGE 1. Copy on drawings is for layout purposes only. 2. Stated dimensions shall take precedence over scale dimensions. If the drawings are not scaled the notation 'not to scale' occurs on the drawing. 3. The graphic configuration of signs is ultimately governed by original art for each sign as approved by the City of Clearwater and/or their appointed representative. 4. Colors to match colors selected by the City of Clearwater and/or their appointed representative from full range of colors in the Pantone Matching System: Pantone, Inc. 55 Knickerbockers Road, Moonachie, New Jersey 07074. 5. Letter forms shall be as indicated on drawings. 6. Letter height shall be identified as 'cap' letter height. 7. Letter spacing shall be optical but in accordance with example shown. 8. Paints: Workmanship in connection with paint and finishes shall conform to the highest standards of the trade. Paints shall be evenly applied without pinholes, scratches, orange peeling, application marks, dust particles, etc. No paint that will fade, discolor or delaminate as a result of proximity ultraviolet light source or heat shall be used. The cost of priming other surfaces (pretreatment) shall be included in the work as part of the Section 10400-3 CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE finished surface work. The paint shall be applied as per manufacturers written instructions and specifications. The paint shall be satin finish acrylic polyurethane as manufactured by Matthews Paint Company, Kenosha, Wisconsin or approved equal. 9. Sheeting: Sign sheeting shall be the type identified on Contract Documents. C. TYPOGRAPHY: 1. Letter forms shall be aligned to maintain a base line parallel to the sign format. Margins shall be maintained as specified by sign type drawings. 2. Edges of letterforms shall be sharp and clean, with no edge build-up or bleeding. Surfaces of letterforms shall be without pinholes. 3. Laser cutting or die-cutting shall be executed in such a manner that all edges and comers of finished letterforms are true and clean. Letterforms with rounded positive or negative comers, nicked, cut or ragged edges shall not be accepted. 2.2 MATERIALS / F ABRICA nON A. MATERIALS 1. All materials shall be new stock, free from defects impairing strength, durability and appearance. 2. Aluminum plate, angles, channels, extrusions and other structural items shall be fabricated from alloy 5052 or other alloy as required for applicable function and use as recommended by the Aluminum Company of America, Kaiser Aluminum, Reynolds Aluminum or equivalent manufacturer. 3. Aluminum used for all exposed surfaces shall be a minimum thickness of 1/8" with a painted finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications. 4. All aluminum shall be of the best commercial quality and their various forms shall be straight and true. There will be no scratches, scars, creases or buckles. 5. Welded joints shall be in conformance with the American Welding Society and the Aluminum Association's specifications. Welds shall be neat and clean. B. SIGN STRUCTRURE 1. Sign structure shall be designed to withstand 130 mph wind load requirements or as required by local, state or federal codes. 2. Removable steel lifting 'eyes' shall be furnished and installed for raising and placing the sign structures in position. The lifting eyes shall be of the same size and strength for interchangeability. Eyes shall be provided at appropriate locations in the top of sign structure to prevent any structural damage from occurring to the sign (each steel lifting eye shall be threaded to attach to a nut welded to the inside face of an intermediate framing member in the top of the sign housing). SIGNAGE Section 10400-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t-.. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE . PART3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the ENGINEER in writing: do not proceed with the work until the ENGINEER has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure the structural value and integrity of the affected portion of the work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work and maintain excavations free from water. 3.3 THE CONTRACTORS INSTALLATION RESPONSffiLITIES A. The contractor shall provide a complete installation, including all labor, materials, appropriate insurance coverage, engineering certification where needed, site cleanup as necessary, delivery, installation, and turn over a 100% acceptable working system as described in these specification. B. Equipment and materials stored at the site shall be at the contractor's risk. C. All debris to be removed from the site daily and proper clean up performed at the contractor's cost. D. All work shall be performed in a first call professional manner and in every respect comply with the appropriate Building Codes. If there is a discrepancy between specified work and the Building Code, the more stringent requirement shall apply. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions according to all code requirements and as detailed. Units shall be rigidly attached, mounted true plumb and level. B. Special care shall be taken during installation to assure that signs are not damaged or scratched. Signs showing damage shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the ENGINEER. C. Obtain necessary permits and locate all concealed and underground power, control, communication lines. Refer to Section 03300 - Earthwork. D. Coating for shop coating and field touch-up of dissimilar metal connecting members, including anchors and clips, shall be alkalresistant, bituminous paint. SIGNAGE Section 10400-5 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE E. Signs and components shall be complete and free from visual and structural or mechanical flaws. F. No fabrication or installation materials or procedures shall be used that will in any way change the visual quality of in any manner have an adverse effect on the existing materials and surfaces in the structure. G. Interior, exterior and site aspects adversely altered or damaged by signage installation shall be resorted to original condition or appearance. 3.5 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work in such a manner as to interfere as little as possible with functioning and normal operations of the existing site and with the safety and convenience of those employed in and about the site. B. Restore work that has been cut or removed: Install new products to provide complete work accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Repair and touch-up paint as required prior to project close-out. Match touch-up paint or sheeting with existing color, finish, etc. D. Refinish entire surface as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent fmishes. 1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. 2. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. END OF SECTION 10400 SIGNAGE Section 10400-6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I I I Cleveland Street Streetscape City of Clearwater SECTION V TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SECTION 16000 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and other section of Division 16. SUMMARY This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for electrical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1: A. Submittals. B. Coordination drawings. C. Record documents. D. Maintenance manuals. E Rough-ins. F. Electrical installations. G. Cutting, patching, and painting. H. Standards RELATED SECTIONS: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Division 16 Section "BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS," for materials and methods common to the remainder of Division 16, plus general related specifications including: Access to electrical installations. Excavation for electrical installations within the building boundaries and from building to utility connections. PART 2- PRODUCTS GENERAL: Follow the procedures specified in Division 1 Section "SUBMITTALS." Product Data: 1 additional copy of each item. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-1 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE RECORD DOCUMENTS: Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 1 Section "PROJECT CLOSE-OUT." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, installed conditions for: 1. Major raceway systems, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of control divides; distribution and branch electrical circuitry; fuse; and circuit breaker size and arrangements. 2.. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 3. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. MAINTENANCE MANUALS: Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1, Section "PROJECT CLOSE-OUT." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performances curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 3. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Delivery products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. Store in clean dry conditions. Handle in careful workman like manner to prevent damage. PART 3 - EXECUTION ROUGH-IN Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE A. Coordinate. electrical systems, equipment, and materials. installation with other building components and site work. B Verify all dimensions by field measurements. CUTTING, PATCHING AND PAINTING General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 1 Section "CUTTING AND PATCHING." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, the following requirements apply: 1. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to: Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. Remove and replace defective Work. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Firestop all penetrations resulting from this project. 3 Return areas of cutting and patching to original surface fmish, i.e. paint, tile, etc. STANDARDS Compliance with the following standards is required for this project. National Electrical Code NEMA Standard;: As applicable UL Standards: As applicable. END OF SECTION 16000 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE . SECTIONJ6050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALSANDMEmODS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Requirements specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements" apply to this Section. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and installation for metal fabrications, and wood supports and anchorage for electrical materials and equipment. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer for the installation and application of joint sealers, access panels, and doors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS JOINT SEALERS General: Joint sealers, joint fillers, and other related materials compatible with each other and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application. Colors: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION FOR JOINT SEALERS Surface Cleaning for Joint Sealers: Clean surfaces of joints immediately before applying joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturer. ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. APPLICATION OF JOINT SEALERS General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed application instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. END OF SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTICAL MATERIALS & METHODS 16050-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE . SECTION 16110 . RACEWAYS. PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this Section: "Basic Electrical Requirements." "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." SUMMARY This Section includes raceways for electrical wiring. Types of raceways in this section include the following: Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). Electrical nonmetallic tubing (ENT). Flexible metal conduit. Intermediate metal conduit. Liquidtight flexible conduit. Underground plastic utilities duct. Rigid metal conduit. Rigid nonmetallic conduit. Surface raceways. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product Data for the following products: Surface raceway and fittings. QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFP A 70 "National Electrical Code." PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Conduit Bodies: RACEWAYS 16110-1 RACEWAYS 16110-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE Adalet-PLM American Electric Appleton Electric Co. Carlon Surface Metal Raceway: Allied Tube & Conduit American Electric Butler Mfg. Co. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. Square D Co. METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings: ANSI C80.3. Flexible Metal Conduit: UL l, zinc-coated steel. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings: UL 360. Fittings shall be specifically approved for use with this raceway. PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC 3 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND DUCTS Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT): NEMA TC 13. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): NEMA TC 2 and UL 651, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC. PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC 3: match to conduit or tubing type and material. Underground PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct: NEMA TC 6, Type I for encased burial in concrete, Type II for direct burial. PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct Fitttings: NEMA TC 9; match to duct type and material. Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit and Fittings: UL 1660. Fittings shall be specifically approved for use with this raceway. Conduit, Tubing, and Duct Accessories: Types, sizes, and materials complying with manufacturer's published product information. Mate and match accessories with raceway. CONDUIT BODIES General: Types, shapes, and sizes as required to suit individual applications and NEC requirements. Provide matching gasketed covers secured with corrosion-resistant screws. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE Metallic. Conduit and. Tubing: Use metallic conduit bodies. . Use bodies with threaded hubs for threaded raceways. Conduit Bodies 1 Inch and Smaller: Use bodies with compression-type EMT connectors. Nonmetallic Condit and Tubing: Use nonmetallic conduit bodies conforming to UL 514 B. SURFACE RACEWAYS General: Provide fittings that match and mate with raceway. Surface Nonmetallic Raceway: Two-piece construction, manufactured of rigid PVC compound with Matte texture and manufacturer's standard color. Raceway and system components shall meet UL 94 requirements for nonflanunable, self-extinguishing characteristics. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION General: Install electrical raceways in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions, applicable requirements ofNEC. Conceal Conduit and Electrical Tubing, unless indicated otherwise, within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. Elevation of Raceway: Where possible, install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. Complete installation of electrical raceways before starting installation of conductors within raceways. Provide supports for raceways as specified elsewhere in Division 16. Prevent foreign matter from entering raceways by using temporary closure protection. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise from floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion of bends is not visible above the finished slab. Use raceway fittings that are of types compatible with the associated raceway and suitable for the use and location. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tool. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align the raceway to enter squarely and install the locknuts with dished part against the box. Where terminations cannot be made secure with one locknut, use two locknuts, one inside and one outside the box. RACEWAYS 16110-3 RACEWAYS 16110-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use no. 14 A WG zinc-coated steel or monofilament plastic line having not less than 200-LB tensile strength. Leave not less than 12 inches of slack at each end of the pull wire. Flexible Connections: Use short length (maximum of 6 ft.) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures, for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use liquidtight flexible conduit in wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Upon completion of installation of raceways, inspect interiors of raceways; clear all blockages and remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris. END OF SECTION 16110 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section: Basic Electrical Requirements. SUMMARY This Section includes wires, cables, and connectors for power, lighting, signal, control and related systems rated 600 volts and less. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for trenching and backfilling. Division 16 Section "Electrical Boxes and Fittings" for connectors for Terminating Cables in boxes and other electrical enclosures. SUBMITTALS Product Data for electrical wires, cables and connectors. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following code: NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." UL Compliance: standards. UL Std. 83 Provide components which are listed and labeled by UL under the following Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. UL Std. 486A Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. NEMAlICEA Compliance: Provide components which comply with the following standards: WC-5 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy Cross Linked Thermosetting Polyethylene- Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of WC-7 WIRES AND CABLES 16120-1 WIRES AND CABLES 16120-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE Electrical Energy IEEE Compliance: Provide components which comply with the following standard. Std. 82 Test procedures for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Wire and Cable: American Insulated Wire Corp. Brintec Corp. Carol Cable Co. Inc. Senator Wire and Cable Co. Southwire Company. Connectors for Wires and Cable Conductors: Scotch Lock 3M Company. O-Z/Gedney Co. Square D Company. WIRES AND CABLES General: Provide wire and cable suitable for the temperature, conditions and location where indicated. Conductors: Provide solid conductors for power and lighting circuits no. lOA WG and smaller. Provide stranded conductors for sizes no. 8 A WG and larger. Conductor Material: copper for all wires and cables. ALUMINUM NOT ACCEPTABLE Insulation: Provide TIllIN/THWN insulation for all conductors size 500MCM and larger, and no. 8 A WG and smaller. For all other sizes provide THW, TIllIN/THWN or XHHW insulation as appropriate for the locations where installed. Color Coding for phase identification in accordance with Table 1 in Part 3 below. Jackets: Factory-applied nylon or PVC external jacketed wires and cables for pulls in raceways over 100-feet in length, for pulls in raceways with more than three equivalent 90 deg. bends, for pulls in conduits underground or under slabs on grade, and where indicated. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Cables: Provide the following type(s)of cables in NEC approved locations and applications where indicated. Provide cable UL listed for particular application: Portable Cord: Type S. CONNECTORS FOR CONDUCTORS Provide UL-Iisted factory-fabricated, solderless metal connectors of sizes, ampacity ratings, materials, types and classes for applications and for services indicated. Use connectors with temperature ratings equal to or greater than those of the wires upon which used. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES General: Install electrical cables, wires, and connectors in compliance with NEC. Coordinate cable installation with other Work. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. Use UL listed pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary. Use pulling means including, fish tape, cable, rope, and basket weave wire/cable grips which will not damage cables or raceways. Do not use rope hitches for pulling attachment to wire or cable. Install exposed cable parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members, and follow surface contours, where possible. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Install splice and tap connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation rating than conductors being spliced. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and train the conductors to terminal points with no excess. Bundle multiple conductors, with conductors larger than no. 1 0 A WG cabled in individual circuits. Make terminations so there is no bare conductor at the terminal. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torque specified in UL 486A. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Prior to energizing, check installed wires and cables with megohm meter to determine insulation resistance levels to assure requirements are fulfilled. WIRES AND CABLES 16120-3 WIRES AND CABLES 16120-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Prior to energizing, test wires and cables for electrical continuity and for short-circuits. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuits and demonstrate proper functioning. Correct malfunctioning units, and retest to demonstrate compliance. TABLE 1: Color Coding for Phase Identification: Color code secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors with factory applied color as follows: 208y/120 Volts Black Red Blue White Green Phase A B C Neutral Ground END OF SECTION 16120 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 16143 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section: Basic Electrical Requirements. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Receptacles Plugs Plug Connectors Wall Plates Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for requirements for legends to be engraved on wall plates. Division 16 Section "Lighting Control Equipment" for dimmers other than those covered by this section. SUBMITTALS Product data for each type of product specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide wiring devices which are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable UL and NEMA standards. SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING Schedule installation of finish plates after the surface upon which they are installed has received final finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS WIRING DEVICES 16143-1 WIRING DEVICES 16143-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Crouse-Hinds Co: Eagle Electric Mfg Co. General Electric Co. Hubbell Inc. Pass and Seymour Inc. Square D Co. Steel City; Midland-Ross Corp. Walker Division-Butler Mfg. Co. WIRING DEVICES General: Provide wiring devices, in types, characteristics, grades, colors, and electrical ratings for applications indicated which are UL listed and which comply with NEMA WD 1 and other applicable UL and NEMA standards. Provide ivory color devices and wall plates except as otherwise indicated. Receptacles: As scheduled in Table 1 in Part 3 below. Comply with UL 498 and NEMA WD 1. Plugs: 20-amperes, 125-volts, 3-wire, grounding, armored cap plugs, parallel blades with cord clamp, and 0.4 inch cord hole; match NEMA configuration with power source's. Plug Connectors: 15-amperes, 125-volts, bakelite-body armored connectors, 3-wire, grounding, parallel blades, double wipe contact, with cord clamp, and 0.4 inch cord hole, match NEMA configuration to mating plug's. Arrange as indicated. Wall plates: single and combination, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as indicated. Provide plates which mate and match with wiring devices to which attached. Provide metal screws for securing plates to devices with screw heads colored to match finish of plates. Provide wall plate color to match wiring devices except as otherwise indicated. Provide wall plates with engraved legend where indicated. Conform to requirements of Section "Electrical Identification." PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES Install wiring devices and accessories as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements ofNEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring installations, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other Work. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean; free from excess building materials, dirt, and debris. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Install wall plates after painting work is completed. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool. PROTECTION Protect installed components from damage. Replace damaged items prior to fmal acceptance. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing: Prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energizing, test wiring devices and demonstrate compliance with requirements, operating each operable device at least six times. Test ground fault interrupter operation with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. END OF SECTION 16143 WIRING DEVICES 16143-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE SECTION 16452 - GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this Section: "Basic Electrical Requirements." "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." SUMMARY This Section includes solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment. It includes basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for ground rods, connectors and connection materials, and grounding fittings. Field-testing organization certificate, signed by the Contractor, certifying that the organization performing field tests complies with the requirements specified in Quality Assurance below. Report of field tests and observations certified "by the testing organization. QUALITY ASSURANCE Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defmed as they are in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFP A 70, "National Electrical Code" (NEe). UL Standard: Comply with UL 467, "Grounding and Bonding Equipment." GROUNDING 16452-1 GROUNDING 16452-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: A.B. Chance Co. Engineered Products Co. GB Electrical, Inc. GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with NEC. Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of NEC requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern. Conductor Materials: Copper. General: Comply with Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." Conform to NEC Table 8, except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Stranded cable. Bare Copper Conductors: Conform to the following: Solid Conductors: ASTM B-3. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B-8. Tinned Conductors: ASTMB-33. NUSCELLANEOUSCONDUCTORS Ground Bus: Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 gage bare copper wire, terminated with copper ferrules. Bonding Strap Conductor/Connectors: Soft copper, 0.05 inch thick and 2 inches wide, except as indicated. CONNECTOR PRODUCTS General: Listed and labeled as grounding connectors for the materials used. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Exothermic Welded Connections: Provided in kit form and selected for the specific. types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items to be connected. GROUNDING ELECTRODES Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel with high-strength steel core and electrolytic-grade copper outer sheath, molten welded to core. Size: 3/4 inch by 10 feet. PART 3 - EXECUTION APPLICATION Equipment Grounding Conductor Application: Comply with NEC Article 250 for sizes and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where larger sizes or more conductors are indicated. Use raceway as the equipment ground conductor where feasible and permitted by NEC for the following: Feeders and branch circuits except as otherwise indicated Lighting circuits. Receptacle circuits. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an insulated equipment ground conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded copper except as otherwise indicted. Signal and Communications: For telephone, alarm, and communication systems, provide a #4 A WG minimum green insulated copper conductor in raceway from the grounding electrode system to each terminal cabinet or central equipment location. Separately derived systems required by NEC to be grounded shall be grounded in accordance with NEC paragraph 250-26. INSTALLATION General: Ground electrical systems and equipment in accordance with NEC requirements except where the Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements. CONNECTIONS General: Make connections in such a manner as to minimize possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Ground/resistance maximum values shall be as follows: GROUNDING 16452-3 GROUNDING 16452-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CLEVELANDSTREETSTREETSCAPE Equipment rated 500 kV A and less: 10 Ohms Deficiencies: Where ground resistance exceeds specified value, and if directed, modify the grounding system to reduce resistance values. Where measures are directed that exceed those indicated the provisions of the Contract, covering changes will apply. Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of the ground resistance at each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. END OF SECTION 16452 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ADDENDUMS - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --- ADDENDUM NO.1 for Cleveland Street Streetscape Clearwater, Florida Project Number 03-0093-ED DATE: March 8, 2006 SUBJECT: Addendum No.1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned. Bidders on the Cleveland Street Streetscape project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents. 1. There are additional requirements of the CSX Railroad permit. Pertinent documents are attached. Costs associated with these requirements, if any, shall be placed on the Bid Form on the line item titled 'Maintenance of Traffic'. 2. A revised bid form for Alternate #1 and another original base bid form are attached for your use, and is to be submitted as a part of the bid. END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: IslWilliam B. Horne. II City Manager I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ii/'> .{'"c' 500 Water Street, SC J 180 Jacksonville, FL 32202-4423 (904) 359-1108 FAX: (904) 359-3665 E-Mail: Ray_Magruder@csx.com TRANSPORTATION Ray C. Magruder Specialist Contract Administration January 12, 2006 Mr. Michael Quillen, P.E. City Engineer City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 m~::~ ~ @ Dear Mr. Quillen: CITY OF ClEARW~T[R PU8t./C WORKS AOMINISTRATIQ.N..-._ Attached are fully-executed originals of the enclosed agreements: CSX-0495 19, CSX-049529 In accordance with the Agreements, Licensee is responsible for paying the actual cost of CSXT flagging and/or support services, including all applicable surcharges (collectively "Fees"). No work is to be performed on CSXTproperty without Roadmaster's authorization. It is your responsibility to schedule any work on CSXT property with CSXT Roadmaster by following these steps: 1. Submit the completed Flagging Request Forms (attached) by fax to (904) 359-7665 at least thirty (30) days in advance ofthc_datc youdesireto commence the projects, 2. An Outside Party Number (OP Number) will be assigned by CSXT and provided to the Project Contact listed on the forms. 3. Fax the completed Flagging Forms including the OP Number to the CSXT Roadmaster at the fax number provided on the Flagging Forms. NOTE: A Flagging Form willllot he accepted without an OP Number. 4. Arrange necessary signal locates by contacting the local CSXT Manager Signals at the phone number provided on the completed Flagging Forms. . 5. If no response is received.aller o!l!Ie~.ing notifications to the CSXT Roadmaster(s), follow up by caning the R'oadm!lster's office'(ideally between the hours of 6:30 AM and 8:30AM) at the telephone number provided on the completed Flagging Forms. This agreement, and your right to an encroachment, will expire on October 3,2030. Please make a note of this date. If you require to utilize CSXT property beyond that date, it is your responsibility to contact us, at least }Qdays prior to expiration of the agreement. I I Mr. Michael Quillen - 2- January 12,2006 I Additionally, your installation may affect an existing fiber optic parallelism/longitudinal located on Railroad right-of-way. Therefore, you must also give notification in accordance with the "Communication Cable or Fiber Optic Protection Rider." I I Very truJy yours, I I I ~ Ray C. Magruder Attachment I Cc: Mr. Dean Boyers - Worldcom/MCI Telecommunications Corporation, Attn: Investigations, 2400 North Glenville Drive, Richardson,TX 75082-4354 - I attach a. copy of the application andpiint and it is understoodyou wilfdirectly- contact the Licensee, marking the exact location of your Company's installation. Licensee understands that written notification to MCI is also required. I For current or future requests, download the most current application packages for pipes, wires, etc... at http://www . csx.comflfuseaction=general.csxp _lease I For CSXT Valuation/Property Map requests, please visit http://www.csx.com/?fuseaction=general.csxp _map I I I I I I , . ...;.... I I "--.- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I To Obtain Outside Party Number Submit Completed Form by FAX to: (904) 359-7665 Or b mail to: Pro e Services - Fla in Pro'ect, 500 Water St, 1180, Jacksonville, FL 32202 **OUTSIDE PARTY (OP) NUMBER: **ToBe Completed by CSXT CSXT Agreement Number: CSX-049519 CITY OF CLEARWATER Dated: October4, 2005 Licensee Name: Licensee's Ref. Number: City: Clearwater County: Pinellas Railroad Milepost: SY-874.65 Division: Jacksonville Pro' ect Descri tion: Installation of otable water i eline. *****AII information must be TYPED or CLEARLY PRINTED.***** DATE OF REQUEST: REQUESTED START DATE: BilIin Information: Please rovide the Current Billin Information Contact Name: Company Name: Address: City: Fax: Florida Subdivision: State: Clearwater Telephone: State: Zip: Email Address: Pro' eet Contact Information : Contact Name: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Fax: Email Address: Outside Par Number Should be Provided via: (Check One) OPhone 0 Fax 0 Email I. An Outside Party (OP) Number will be assigned by CSXT and provided to the Project Contact listed on the form. 2. FAX the completed Flagging Form including the OP Number to the CSXT Roadmaster at the fax number provided. NOTE: Roadmaster will not accept Flagging Form without an OP Number. 3, Arrange necessary signal locates by contacting the local CSXT Manager Signals at the numbers provided. 4. Ifnoresponse is received after one week of faxing notification to theCSXTRoadmaster; follow up by calling the Roadmaster's office at the number provided (ideallv between the hours of 6:30 AM and 8:30 AM). ~---An uestions about the form should be directed to 904-359-3404. ---- CSXT Contact In ormation: To be Com leted b CSXT ROADMASTER: FAX: (813) 664-6388 Phone: (813) 664-6257 SIGNAL MGR: FAX: Phone: FOR RAILROAD USE ONLY - TO BE COMPLETED BY SIGNAL DEPT: FAX TO (904) 359-7665 Signal Locate Required (circle one): Y or N Signal Locate Complete (circle one): Y or N Employee Name: Vehicle: Y or N Vehicle ill #: CSX ID Number: Date(s) of Work: Expense Acct: Y or N FOR RAILROAD USE ONLY - TO BE COMPLETED BY FLAGMAN: FAX TO (904 359-7665 Employee Name: CSX ill Number: Date Work Performed: On Duty Time: Off Duty Time: Is Project Complete? Y or N rfYES indicate date Completed: Expense Account: Y or N Vehicle: Y or N Vehicle ill #: Contractor's Signature Printed NameITitle: Printed Name/Title: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - CSXT Form 2037G - Page 1 Revised June, 2005 /J Agreement No. CSX-0495l9 PIPELINE CROSSING AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, Made and effective as of October 4, 2005, by and between CSX TRANSPORTATION, INC., a Virginia corporation, whose mailing address is 500 Water Street, Jacksonville, Florida 32202, hereinafter called "Licensor," and CITY OF CLEARWATER, a municipal corporation, political subdivision or state agency, under the laws of the State of Florida, whose mailing address is 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756, hereinafter called "Licensee," WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, Licensee desires to construct, use and maintain pipeline crossings, hereinafter called "Pipeline," under or across property owned or controlled by Licensor at or near Clearwater, County of Pinellas, State of Florida, Clearwater Subdivision, listed below, hereinafter collectively called the "Crossing," as shown on print ofDrawing(s) attached hereto and made a part hereof; other details and data pertaining to said Pipeline being as indicated on Applications Form(s), also attached hereto and made a part hereof; 1 a pipeline solely for the transmission of potable water located at Valuation Station .1371 +55, Milepost SY-874.65; 2 a pipeline solely for the transmission of potable water located at Valuation Station 1371 +39, Milepost SY-874.64; 3 a pipeline solely for the transmission of potable water located at Valuation Station 1371+33, Milepost SY-874.64. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, conditions, terms and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree and covenant as follows: 1. LICENSE: ---.... ..-.- - -- --.--- - ..--.-.--..-- .-- L I Subject to Article 17, Licensor, insofar as it has the legal right, power and authority to do so, and its present title permits, and subject to: (A) Licensor's present and future right to occupy, possess and use its property within the area of the Crossing for any and all pwposes; (B) All encumbrances, conditions, covenants, easements, and limitations applicable to Licensor's title to or rights in the subject property; and (C) Compliance by Licensee with the terms and conditions herein contained; does hereby license and permit Licensee to construct, maintain, repair, renew, operate, use, alter or change said Pipeline at the Crossing above for the term herein stated, and to remove same upon termination. I I I I I I I I- I I I I I I I I I I I CSXT Form 2037G - Page 2 Revised June, 2005 " Agreement No. CSX-0495l9 1.2 The term Pipeline, as used herein, shall include only the pipes, ducts, casing, vents, manholes, connectors, fixtures, appliances and ancillary facilities devoted exclusively to the transmission usage above within the Crossing, and as shown on attached Application Form. 1.3 No additional pipeline or other facilities shall be placed, allowed or maintained by Licensee in, upon or along the Crossing except upon separate prior written consent of Licensor. 2. ENCROACHMENT INVENTORY FEE; TERM: 2.1 In lieu of annual payments and in consideration of Licensor's waiver of future fee increases, Licensee shall pay Licensor a one-time nonrefundable Encroachment Inventory Fee of ONE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED AND 001100 U.S. DOLLARS ($1,500.00) upon execution of this Agreement. Licensee agrees that the Encroachment Inventory Fee applies only to the original Licensee under this Agreement. In the event of a successor (by merger, consolidation, reorganization and/or assignment) or if the original Licensee changes its name, then Licensee shall be subject to payment of Licensor's current administrative and document preparation fees for the cost incurred by Licensor in preparing and maintaining this Agreement on a current basis. 2.2 However, Licensee assrunes sole responsibility for, and shall pay directly (or reimburse Licensor), any additional annual taxes and/or periodic assessments levied against Licensor or Licensor's property solely on account of said Pipeline or Crossing. 2.3 This Agreement shall terminate (I) October 3, 2030, or (2) as herein provided, but shall also terminate upon (a) Licensee's cessation of use of the Pipeline or Crossing for the purpose(s) above, (b) removal of the Pipeline, (c) subsequent mutual consent, and/or (d) failure of Licensee to complete installation within 5 (five) years from the effective date of this Agreement. 2.4 In further consideration for the license or right hereby granted, Licensee hereby agrees that Licensor shall notbechargedoiassessed~-directly or indirectIy,Withany part ofilie- cost of the installation of said Pipeline and appurtenances, and/or maintenance thereof, or for any public works project of which said Pipeline is a part. . 3. CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS: 3.1 Licensee shall construct, maintain, relocate, repair, renew, alter, and/or remove said Pipeline, in a prudent, workmanlike manner, using quality materials and complying with: any applicable standard(s) or regulation(s) of Licensor (A.R.E.M.A. Specifications) and Licensee's particular industry, and/or any governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Crossing or Pipeline. 3.2 Location and construction of Pipeline shall be made strictly in accordance with design(s)and specifications furnished to and approved by Licensor, and ofmaterial(s) and size(s) appropriate for the purpose(s) above recited. - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CSXT Form 2037G - Page 3 Revised June, 2005" Agreement No. CSX-0495 I 9 3.3 All Licensee's work and exercise of rights hereunder shall be undertaken at time(s) satisfactory to Licensor and so as to eliminate or minimize any impact on or interference with the safe use and operation of Licensor's property and appurtenances thereto. 3.4 In the installation, maintenance, repair and/or removal of said Pipeline, Licensee shall not use explosives of any type or perform or cause any blasting without the separate express written consent of Licensor. As a condition to such consent, a representative will be assigned by Licensor to monitor blasting, and Licensee shall reimburse Licensor for the entire cost and/or expense of furnishing said monitor. 3.5 Any repairs or maintenance to Pipeline, whether resulting from acts of Licensee, or natural or weather events, which are necessary to protect or facilitate Licensor's use of its property, shall be made by Licensee promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after Licensee has notice as to the need for such repairs or maintenance. 3.6 Licensor, in order to protect or safeguard its property, rail operations, equipment and/or employees from damage or injury, may request immediate repair or renewal of the Pipeline, .. . and if the same is not performed, may-make. or contract to make such repairs or renewals, at the sole risk, cost and.expense of Licensee. 3.7 Neither the failure of Licensor to object to any work done, material used, or method of construction or maintenance of said Crossing, nor any approval given or supervision exercised by Licensor, shall be construed as an admission of liability or responsibility by Licensor, or as a waiver by Licensor of any of the obligations, liability and/or responsibility of Licensee under this Agreement. 3.8 All work on the Crossing shall be conducted in accordance with Licensor's safety rules and regulations. 3.9 Licensee hereby agrees to reimburse Licensor any loss, cost or expense (including losses resulting from train delays and/or inability to meet train schedules) arising from any failure of Licensee to make repairs or conduct maintenance as required by Section 3.5 above or from improper or incomplete repairs or maintenance to Pipeline. -~- ~. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CSXT Form 2037G - Page 4 Revised June, 2005 " Agreement No. CSX-049519 4. PERMITS, LICENSES: 4.1 Before any work hereunder is performed, or before use of the Crossing for the contracted purpose, Licensee, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain all necessary permit(s) (including but not limited to zoning, building, construction~ health, safety or environmental matters), letter(s) or certificate(s) of approval. Licensee expressly agrees and warrants that it shall conform and limit its activities to the terms of such permit(s), approval(s) and authorization(s), and shall comply with all applicable ordinances, rules, regulations, requirements and laws of any governmental authority (state, federal or local) having jurisdiction over Licensee's activities, including the location, contact, excavation and protection regulations of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) (20 CFR 1926.651 (b), et a1.), and State "One Call" - "Call Before You Dig" requirements. 4.2 Licensee asswnes sole responsibility for failure to obtain such permit(s) or approval(s), for any violations thereof, or for costs or expenses of compliance or remedy. 5. MARKING AND SUPPORT: 5.1 With respect to any subsurface installation or maintenance upon Licensor's property, Licensee, at its sole cost and expense, shall: (A) Support track(s) and roadbed in a manner satisfactory to Licensor; (B) Backfill with satisfactory material and thoroughly tamp all trenches to prevent settling of surface of land and roadbed of Licensor; and (C) Either remove any surplus earth or material from Licensor's property or cause said surplus earth or material to be placed and distribute~ at loca!ion{s)and in such manner as Licensor may approve. . -- .. 5.2 After construction or maintenance of Pipeline, Licensee shall: (A) Restore said track(s), roadbed and other disturbed property; and (B) Erect, maintain and periodically verifY the accuracy of aboveground markers, in a form approved by Licensor, indicating the location, depth and ownership of Pipeline or related facilities. . 5.3 Licensee shall be solely responsible for any subsidence or failure of lateral or subjacent support in the Crossing area for a period of three (3) years after completion of installation. I I I I .1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - .--- CSXT Form 2037G - Page 5 Revised June, 2005 0 Agreement No. CSX-049519 6. TRACK CHANGES: 6.1 In the event that rail operations and/or track maintenance result in changes in grade or alignment of, additions to, or relocation oftrack(s) or other facilities, or in the event future use of Licensor's right-of-way and property necessitate any change of location, height or depth of Pipeline or. Crossing, Licensee, at its sole cost and expense and within .thirty (30) days after notice in writing from Licensor, shall make changes in Pipeline or Crossing to accommodate such track(s) or operations. 6.2 If Licensee fails to do so, Licensor may make or contract to make such changes at Licensee's cost. 7. PIPE CHANGES: 7.1 Licensee shall periodically monitor and verify the depth or height of Pipeline and Crossing in relation to the existing tracks and facilities, and shall relocate Pipeline or change Crossing, at Licensee's expense, should such relocation or change be necessary to comply with the minimum clearance requirements of this Agreement or of any public authority; 7.2 If Licensee undertakes to revise, renew, relocate or change all or any part of Pipeline (including any change in circumference, diameter or radius of pipe or carrier pipe, change in operating pressure, or change in materials transmitted in and through said pipe), or is required by any public agency or court order to do so, plans therefor shall be submitted to Licensor for approval before any such change is made. After approval the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply thereto. 8. INTERFERENCE WITH RAIL FACILITIES: 8.1 Although the Pipeline/Crossing herein permitted may not presently interfere with Licensor's railroad operations or facilities, in the event that the operation, existence or maintenance of said Pipeline, in the sole judgment of Licensor, causes: (a) interference (physical, magnetic or otherwise) with Licensor's communication, signal or other wires, powerlines, train control system, or facilities; or (b) interference in any manner with the operation, maintenance or. use of the right- of-way, track(s), structures, pole line(s), devices, other property, or any appurtenances thereto; then and in either event, Licensee, upon receipt of written notice from Licensor of any such interference, and at Licensee's sole risk, cost and expense, shall promptly take such remedial action or make such changes in its Pipeline as may be required in the reasonable judgment of Licensor to eliminate all such interference. Upon Licensee's failure to remedy or change, Licensor may do so or contract to do so, at Licensee's sole cost. 8.2 Without assuming any duty hereunder to inspect Licensee's Pipeline, Licensor hereby reserves the right to inspect same and to require Licensee to undertake necessary repairs, maintenance or adjustments to Pipeline, which Licensee hereby agrees to make promptly, at Licensee's sole cost and expense. . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CSXT Form 2037G - Page 6 Revised June, 2005 " Agreement No. CSX-049519 9. RISK, LIABILITY, INDEl\1NITY: With respect to the relative risk and liabilities of the parties, it is hereby agreed that: 9.1 Licensee hereby assumes, and, to the fullest extent permitted by State law (Constitutional or Statutory, as amended), shall defend, indemnify, and hold Licensor harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, claim, suit, damage, charge or expense which Licensor may suffer, sustain, incur or in any way be subjected to, on account of death of or injury to any person whomsoever (including officers, agents, employees or invitees of Licensor), and for damage to or loss of or destruction of any property whatsoever, arising out of, resulting from, or in any way connected with the construction, presence, existence, repair, maintenance, replacement, operations, use or removal of Pipeline or any structure in connection therewith, or restoration of premises of Licensor to good order or condition after removal, EXCEPT when caused solely by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Licensor. HOWEVER., to the fullest extent permitted by State law, during any period of actual construction, repair, maintenance, replacement or removal of pipeline, wherein agents, equipment or personnel of Licensee are on the railroad right-of-way, Licensee's lia1;>ility hereunder shall be absolute, irrespective of any joint, sole or contributory fault -- or negligence of Licensor. 9.2 Use of Licensor's right-of-way involves certain risks of loss or damage as a result of the rail operations. Notwithstanding Section 9.1, Licensee expressly assumes all risk of loss and damage to Licensee's Property or Pipeline in, on, over or under the Occupancy, including loss of or any interference with use thereof, regardless of cause, including electrical field creation, fire or derailment arising out of rail operations. For this Section, the term "Licensee's Property" shall include pipe contents as well as property of third parties situated or placed upon Licensor's right- of-way by Licensee or by such third parties at request of or for benefit of Licensee. 9.3 To theext~~t_pf:E!11JttedJ?y_State law'nas above, Licensee assum~sallr~~PQIlsjbiJity for, and agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Licensor harmless from: (a) all claims, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, as a consequence of any sudden or nonsudden pollution of air, water, land and/or ground water on or off the Crossing area, arising from or in connection with the use of this Crossing or resulting from leaking, bursting, spilling, or any escape of the material transmitted in or through said Pipeline; (b) any claim or liability arising under federal or state law dealing with either such sudden or nonsudden pollution of air, water, land and/or ground water arising therefrom or the remedy thereof; and (c) any subsidence or failure of lateral or subjacent support of the tracks arising from such Pipeline leakage. 9.4 Obligations of Licensee hereunder to defend, indemnify and hold Licensor hannless shall also extend to companies and other legal entities that control, are controlled by, subsidiaries of, or are affiliated with Licensor, as well as any railroad that operates over the right- of-way on which the Crossing is located, and their respective officers, agents and employees. 9.5 If a claim is made or action is brought against either party, for which the other party may be responsible hereunder, in whole or in part, such other party shall be notified and permitted to participate in the handling or defense of such claim or action. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - CSXT Form 2037G - Page 7 Revised June, 2005 (3 Agreement No. CSX-049519 10. INSURANCE: 10.1 Prior to commencement of surveys, construction or occupation of Crossing pursuant to this Agreement, Licensee shall procure, and shall maintain during the continuance of this Agreement, at Licensee's sole cost and expense, a policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance (CGL), naming Licensor, and/or its designee, as additional insured and covering liability assumed by Licensee under this Agreement. A coverage limit of not less than THREE MILLION AND 00/100 U.S. DOLLARS ($3,000,000.00) Combined Single Limit per occurrence for bodily injury liability and property damage liability is .currently required as a prudent minimum to protect Licensee's assumed obligations. The evidence of insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide for thirty (30) days' notice to Licensor, or its designee, prior to cancellation or modification of any policy. Mail CGL certificate, along with agreement, to CSX Transportation, Inc., Speed Code 1180, 500 Water Street, Jacksonville, FL 32202. On each successive year, send certificate to Speed Code C907 at the address listed above. 10.2 If said CGL policy does not automatically cover Licensee's contractual liability Hduring periods of survey, construction, maintenance and continued occupation, a specific endorsement adding such coverage shall be purchased by Licensee. If said CGL policy is written on a "claims made" basis instead of a "per occurrence" basis, Licensee shall arrange for adequate time for reporting losses. Failure to do so shall be at Licensee's sole risk. 10.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 10.1 and 10.2, Licensee, pursuant to State Statute(s), may self-insure or self-assume, in any amount(s), any contracted liability arising under this Agreement, under a funded program of self-insurance, which fund will respond to liability of Licensee imposed by and in accordance with the procedures established by law. lOA Securing sll~4jI1surance shCilLI?:ot limit Licensee's liability under this AgreemeIlt, but shall be additional security therefor. 10.5 In the event Licensee finds it necessary to perform construction or demolition operations within fifty feet (50') of any operated railroad track(s) or affecting any railroad bridge, trestle, tunnel, track(s), roadbed, overpass or underpass, Licensee shall: (a) notify Licensor; and (b) require its contractor(s) performing such operations to procure and maintain during the period of construction or demolition operations, at no cost to Licensor, Railroad Protective Liability (RPL) Insurance, naniing Licensor, and/or its designee, as Named Insured, written on the current ISO/RIMA Form (ISO Form No. CG 00350196) with limits of FIVE MILLION AND 00/100 U.S. DOLLARS ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage, with at least TEN MILLION AND 00/100 U.S. DOLLARS ($10,000,000.00) aggregate limit per annual policy period, with Pollution Exclusion Amendment (ISO CG 28 31 11 85) if an older ISO Form CG 00 35 is used. The original of such RPL policy shall be sent to and approved by Licensor prior to commencement of such construction or demolition. Licensor reserves the right to demand higher limits. I I I I I I I I I I I I' I I I I I I I - CSXT Form 2037G - Page 8 Revised June, 2005 13 Agreement No. CSX-049519 At Licensor's option, in lieu of purchasing RPL insurance from an insurance company (but not COL insurance), Licensee may pay Licensor, at Licensor's current rate at time of request, the cost of adding this Crossing, or additional construction and/or demolition activities, to Licensor's Railroad Protective Liability (RPL) Policy for the period of actual construction. This coverage is offered at Licensor's discretion and may not be available under all circumstances. 11. GRADE CROSSINGS; FLAGGING: 11.1 Nothing herein contained shall be construed to permit Licensee, or any contractor of Licensee, to move any vehicles or equipment over the track(s), except at public road crossing(s), without separate prior written approval of Licensor (CSXT Form 7422). 11.2 If Licensor deems it advisable, during the progress of any construction, maintenance, repair, renewal, alteration, change or removal of said Pipeline, to place watchmen, flagmen, inspectors or supervisors at the Crossing for protection of operations of Licensor or others on Licensor's right-of-way, and to keep persons, equipment and materials away from the track(s), Licensor shall have the right to do so at the expense of Licensee,-but Licensor shall not be liable for failure to do so. 11.3 Subject to Licensor's consent and to Licensor's Railroad Operating Rules and existing labor agreements, Licensee may provide such flagmen, watchmen, inspectors or supervisors, during all times of construction, repair, maintenance, replacement or removal, at Licensee's sole risk and expense; and in such event, Licensor shall not be liable for the failure or neglect of such watchmen, flagmen, inspectors or supervisors. 12. LICENSOR'S COSTS: 12.1 Any additional or alternative costs or expenses incurred by Licensor to accommodate Licensee's continued use of Licensor's property as a result of track changes or pipe changes shall also be paid by Licensee. 12.2 Licensor's expense for wages ("force account" work) and materials for any work performed at the expense of Licensee pursuant hereto shall be paid by Licensee within thirty (30) days after receipt of Licensor's bill therefor, subject to Licensee's budgetary rules. Licensor may, at its discretion, request an advance deposit for estimated Licensor costs and expenses. 12.3 Such expense shall include, but not be limited to, cost of railroad labor and supervision under "force account" rules, plus current applicable overhead percentages, the actual cost of materials, and insurance, freight and handling charges on all materials used. Equipment rentals shall be in accordance with Licensor's appli~ablc fixed rate(s). Licensor !Day, ai. it~ discretion, require advance deposit for estimated costs and expenses associated herein. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -- CSXT Form 2037G - Page 9 Revised June, 2005 "" Agreement No. CSX-049519 13. DEFAULT, BREACH, WAIVER: 13.1 The proper and complete performance of each covenant of this Agreement shall be deemed of the essence thereof, and in the event Licensee fails or refuses to fully and completely perform any of said covenants or remedy any breach within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice from Licensor to do so (or within forty-eight (48) hours in the event of notice of a railroad emergency), Licensor shall have the option of immediately revoking this Agreement and the privileges and powers hereby conferred, regardless of encroachment inventory fee(s) having been paid in advance for any annual or other period. Upon such revocation, Licensee shall make removal in accordance with Article 14. 13.2 No waiver by Licensor of its rights as to any breach of covenant or condition herein contained shall be construed as a permanent waiver of such covenant or condition, or any subsequent breach thereof, unless such covenant or condition is permanently waived in' writing by Licensor. 14. TERMINATION, REMOVAL: 14.1 All rights which Licensee may have hereunder shall cease upon the date of: (a) revocation, (b) termination, (c) subsequent agreement, or (d) Licensee's removal of Pipeline from the Crossing. However, neither revocation nor termination of this Agreement shall affect any claims and liabilities which may have arisen or accrued hereunder, and which at the time of termination or revocation have not been satisfied; neither party, however, waiving any third party defenses or actions. - 14.2 Within thirty (30) days after revocation or termination, Licensee, at its sole risk and expense, shall (a) remove Pipeline from the right-of-way of Licensor, unless the parties hereto agree otherwise, (b) restore property of Licensor in a manner satisfactory to Licensor, and (c) .. - reimburse Licensor any loss; Cost or experise of Licensor resultmg frbfu such removal.-- 15. NOTICE: - 15.1 Licensee shall give Licensor's Division Engineer (Jacksonville Division, 6735 Southpoint Drive, J-390, Building II, Jacksonville, FL 32216) at least thirty (30) days written notice before doing any work on Licensor's right-of-way, except that in cases of emergency shorter notice may be given to said Division Engineer. The rail operations emergency phone number for Licensor is: 1-800-232-0144. The emergency phone number for Licensee is: (727) 462-6633. 15.2 All other notices and communications concerning this Agreement shall be addressed to Licensee at the address above, and to Licensor at the address shown on Page I, c/o CSXT Contract Administration, 1180; or at such other address as either party may designate in writing to the other. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - CSXT Form 2037G - Page 10 Revised June, 2005 " Agreement No. CSX-049519 15.3 Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, all such notices shall be in writing and sent via Certified or Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested, or by courier, and shall be considered effective upon: (a) actual receipt, or (b) date ofrefusaI of such delivery. 16. ASSIGNMENT: 16.1 The rights herein conferred are the privileges of Licensee only, and Licensee shall obtain Licensor's prior Written consent to any assignment of Licensee's interest herein; said consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 16.2 Subject to Sections 2 and 16.1, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors or assigns. 16.3 Licensee shall give Licensor written notice of any legal succession (by merger, consolidation, reorganization, etc.) or other change of legal existence or status of Licensee, with a copy of all documents attesting to such change or legal succession, within thirty (30) days thereof. .16A Licensor expressly reserves the right to assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any grantee, lessee, or vendee of Licensor's underlying property interests in the Crossing, upon written notice thereof to Licensee. 16.5 In the event of any unauthorized sale, transfer, assignment, sublicense or encumbrance of this Agreement, or any of the rights and privileges hereunder, Licensor, at its option, may revoke this Agreement by giving Licensee or any such assignee written notice of such revocation; and Licensee shall reimburse Licensor for any loss, cost or expense Licensor may incur as a result of Licensee's failure to obtain said consent. 17. TITLE: 17.1 Licensee understands that Licensor occupies, uses and possesses lands, rights-of- way and rail corridors under all forms and qualities of ownership rights or facts, from full fee simple absolute to bare occupation~ Accordingly, nothing in this Agreement shall act as or be deemed to act as any warranty, guaranty or representation of the quality of Licensor's title for any particular Right-of-Way in the Crossing occupied, used. or enjoyed in any manner by Licensee under any rights created in this Agreement. It is expressly understood that Licensor does not warrant title to any Right-of-Way in the Crossing, and Licensee will accept the grants and privileges contained herein, subject to all lawful outstanding existing liens, mortgages and superior rights in and to the Right-of-Way, and all leases, licenses and easements or other interests previously granted to others therein. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ CSXT Form 2037G - Page 11 Revised June, 2005 " Agreement No. CSX-049519 17.2 The term "license," as used herein, shall mean with regard to any portion of the Right-of- Way which is owned by Licensor in fee simple absolute, or where the applicable law of the State where the Crossing is located otherwise permits Licensor to make such grants to Licensee, a "permission to use" the Right-of-Way, with dominion and control over such portion of the Right-of-Way remaining with Licensor, and no interest in or exclusive right to possess being otherwise granted to Licensee. With regard to any other portion of Right-of- Way occupied, used or controlled by Licensor under any other facts or rights, Licensor merely waives its exclusive right to occupy the Right-of-Way and grants no other rights whatsoever under this Agreement, such waiver continuing only so long as Licensor continues its own occupation, use or control. Licensor does not warrant or guarantee that the license granted hereunder provides Licensee with all of the rights necessary to occupy any portion of the Right-of-Way. Licensee. further acknowledges that it does not have the right to occupy any portion of the Right-of-Way held by Licensor in less than fee simple absolute without also receiving the consent of the owner(s) of the fee simple absolute estate. Further, Licensee shall not obtain, exercise or claim any interest in the Right-of-Way that would impair Licensor's existing rights therein. 17.3 Licensee agrees it shall not have nor shall it make, and hereby completely and absolutely waives its right to, any claim against Licensor for damages on account of any------- deficiencies in title to the Right-of-Way in the event of failure or insufficiency of Licensor's title to any portion thereof arising from Licensee's use or occupancy thereof 17.4 Licensee agrees to fully and completely indemnify and defend all claims or litigation for slander of title, overburden of easement, or similar claims arising out of or based upon Licensee's facilities placement, or the presence of Licensee's facilities in, on, or along the Crossing, including claims for punitive or special damages. 17.5 Licensee shall not at any time own, or claim any right, title or interest in or to .Licensor's property occupie~_bYth~g!~ssil1g~-,-n()r shaJI the exercise of this Agree.lJ1el1t fOfJ3JlY length oftime give rise to any right title or interest in License, to said property other than the license herein created. 18. GENERAL PROVISIONS: 18.1 This Agreement, and the attached specifications, contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto. . 18.2 Neither this Agreement, any provision hereof, nor any agreement or provision included herein by reference, shall operate or be construed as being for the benefit of any third person. 18.3 Except as otherwise provided herein, or in any Rider attached hereto, neither the form of this Agreement, nor any language herein, shall be interpreted or construed in favor of or against either party hereto as the sole drafter thereof. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ CSXT Form 2037G - Page 12 Revised June, 2005 0 . Agreement No. CSX-0495l9 18.4 lbis Agreement is executed under current interpretation of applicable Federal, State, County, Municipal or other local statute, ordinance or law(s). However, each separate division (paragraph, clause, item, term, condition, covenant or agreement) herein shall have independent and severable status for the determination of legality, so that if any separate division is determined to be void or unenforceable for any reason, such determination shall have no effect upon the validity or enforceability of each other separate division, or any combination thereof 18.5 This Agreement shall be construed and governed by the laws of the state in which the Pipeline and Crossing are located. 18.6 If any amount due pursuant to the terms of this Agreement is not paid by the due date, it will be subject to Licensor's standard late charge and will also accrue interest at eighteen percent (18%) per annum, unless limited by local law, and then at the highest rate so permitted. 18.7 Licensee agrees to reimburse Licensor for all reasonable costs (including attorney's fees) incurred by Licensor for collecting any amount due under the Agreement. 18.8 .-The-provisionsofthisLicense are consideredcontidential.and may.not.be disclosed to a third party without the consent of the other party(s), except: (a) as required by statute, regulation or court order, (b) to a parent, affiliate or subsidiary company, (c) to an auditing firm or legal counsel that are agreeable to the confidentiality provisions, or (d) to Lessees of Licensor's land and/or track who are affected by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and will maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement. 18.9 Licensor shall refund to Licensee any overpayments collected, plus any taxes paid in advance; PROVIDED, however, such refund shall not be made when the cumulative total involved is less than One Hundred Dollars ($100.00). --19. ..RIDERS: The following Rider(s) is/are herewith attached and included herein: [ X ] Telecommunication Cable or Fiber Optic line I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CSXT Form 2037G - Page 13 Revised June, 2005 121 Agreement No. CSX-049519 IN WIlNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in duplicate (each of which shall constitute an original) as of the effective date of this Agreement. Witness for Licensor: -I-At A- CSX TRANSPORTATION, INC. ,/j~.'. '. ~:CJ""~' J~.. / .".~.~~.. By... L .... :":,"C.~.I""~ '~."'c:".....: .....'.".,.::.:..:. _..,: I 4.,: ~ '.\.~i"ti-'~.'. Prin~ Name: Judith A. V"'gbll Director P tff T tl 'n"-; -l.~ & c rin ype i e:..: .., :.;T ontract Admin;~tntion r CITY OF CLEARlY A TER .';:--,,':;' SEE SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWING By: Witness for Licensee: Who, by the execution hereof, affirms that he/she has the authority to-do so and to bind the Licensee to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Printffype Name: Printffype Title: Tax ID No. Authority under Ordinance or Resolution No. dated -- I I I I I I I lu I I I I I I I I I I I --- - City of Clearwater's Signature Page for CSX Transportation, Inc. Pipeline Crossing Agreement No. CSX-049519 Countersigned: CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA -I _ /~ _~./' tJ /l.(,l ~ - / fl. I2AA -:;/~ p< ~~~~~ By: !/~~ r(Jf~-:rr '-Pra'nk V. Hibbard William B. Horne" Mayor City Manager I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -- COMMUNICATIONS CABLE OR FIBER OPTIC LINE PROTECTION RIDER 1. No construction of any type pursuant or related in any way to this Agreement shall be commenced by Licensee, or by any agent, representative, contractor, subcontractor of Licensee, without Licensee fIrst giving at least thirty (30) days written notice to the following Parallel Cable Occupier(s): ("MCI") A TIN: Investigations Mr. Dean Boyers WorldcomIMCI Telecommunications Corporation 2400 North Glenville Drive ~chardson, lJ{ 75082-4354 Phone No. (800) 624-9675 or (972) 729-6016 (NOTE: WRITTEN NOTICE TO MCI IS ALSO REQillRED) 2. The notice shall be accompanied by drawing(s) showing the general plan, elevation, details and methods of Licensee's proposed construction, and the location ofOccupier(s)' cable or facilities in relation to Licensee's proposed construction. 3. Prior to any construction, Licensee must locate and identifY, any existing cable, .Wl. .re or... fi..lber optic line (incllldir1gany~ppurtenancesthereto)of said cable occupier{s) tray~rsiIlg__Or located in, on, or iInmediately adjacent to the proposed Crossing, at Licensee's sole risk. 4. Any changes, alteration, relocation or protection ofwire(s), cable(s) or facilities of such Occupier(s), required by said Occupier(s), shall be at Licensee's sole expense except as otherwise negotiated between Licensee and said Occupier(s). 5. Licensee shall be solely responsible and liable for any damage to (e.g., cutting, dislocating, etc.) said wire(s) or cable(s), and appurtenances thereto, resulting in any way from Licensee's exercise of rights or privileges under this Agreement. ..6. Licensee shall defend, indemnify and hold Licensor harmlessfromanysuch.. damage claims arid any relocation or protection costs of said Occupier(s). CSX TRANSPORTATION, INC. Licensor: ~) ( ial) {-f2--ZIbb (Date) CITY OF CLEARWATER Licensee: wW- (Initial) n../6)J~ (Date) ( I I ADDENDUM NO.2 CLEVELAND STREET STREETS CAPE I The purpose of this Addendum is to revise the Plans and/or Specifications for the above referenced project. I This Addendum shall be considered an integral part of the Contract Documents and receipt of this Addendum shall be acknowledged on the Addendum Sheet of the specifications manual. I All addenda are a part of the Contract Documents and each bidder will be bound by such addenda, whether or not received by him. It is the responsibility of each prospective bidder to verify that he has received all addenda issued before bids are opened. I I 1. The plans do not show a profile view of the proposed pipeline. Are we to assume that no vertical bends are required? If any are required, where do they go? (We need to know to determine what joint restraining will be needed and what fittings will be needed.) This is atypical of the City, which normally has a per pound or per ton pay item for fittings. There i:J. a profile of the watermain, shown on Sheets C-5 through C-9. I I 2. Can you give us a count, by size, ofthe water services we will be required to install. (We 00 not see where the service sizes are indicated on the plans.). For the purposes of this bid, assume all water service as 1"; adjustments to pricing that may be required as determined during construction shall be done at that time. I 3. Can you tell us where the plan note (see UA-3) regarding the additional service line being need may apply? The plans are unclear as to where this may happen making it impossible for us to quantify the possible added service line. Service from the meter to the buidings are not a part of this bid. If it is determined during construction that this is necessary, contract adjustments can be made at that time. I I 4. Is it safe to assume that the "4" PVC SIGNAL INTERCONNECT CONDUIT (FUTURE USE)" and the pull boxes shown in the UA plans is to be paid for at a lineal foot price under the signalization pay items? See Items 80 and 81 of the Bid Form. I I 5. In an earlier question we indicated our confusion regarding the railroad exception area. The UA plans show the new water lines crossing the railroad exception area. How is this work to be accomplished? Is open cut acceptable or will directional drill, jack and bore or some other method be required? The existing 4" and 12" water mains indicated to be removed cross through this area. Are we to remove them? If yes, does that mean removing them from a casing and grouting the casing or does it mean open cut removal? Refer to the CSX permit requirements which were attached to Addendum No.1, issued 011 March 7, 2006. No open cuts are permitted. I I I I I - I I 6. Who pays for the flag men at the CSX crossing as mentioned on sheet C-l notes 10 and II? Can we get a copy of the CSX pernlits as mentioned on sheet C-l note 9? All Flag Men costs are the responsibility of the contractor. Furthermore the contractor will be responsible for all other CSX permit requirements. A copy of the CSX Permit was included as a part of Addendum No.1, issued March 7, 2006. I I 7. Are there any utility Owner fees that the contractor has to pay as mentioned in section 6.8? With the exception of the fees associated with the CSX permit, as addressed ill questioll 6 above, we are ullaware of allY utility fees to be paid by the COlltractor. However, it is the responsibility of the bidders to cOllfirm this fact. I I 8. Are the 18 months and/or 12 months a contract requirement or is this only what is anticipated? Anticipated! I 9. Is the alternate bid on the bid fornl a price for the entire base bid contract amount? The Alternate is for the entire contract amount. Addendum No. 1 provided you with new Bid Forms. One is for the base bid alld the other is for the Alternate. I I 10. Is Cleveland Street still FDOT? No. I 11. Section 1520 states that VMB's are required for road closures and throughout the project. How many are required and are they required full time or only during road closures? VMB's should be in place from 7 days prior to any road closures and for the duration of the closure(s) ollly. I 12. What is the possibility of closing the North-South roads due to the heavy utility work and road reconstruction. Some ofthe major utility work is as follows: I a. At Osceola we have a 54" RCP with a 13 foot deep cut, some 18" RCP crossing on a diagonal, plus water and other utilities. Yes, Osceola can be closed periodically, but primarily in the evening. b. At Ft. Harrison we have a 54" RCP with a 13 foot deep cut, some 18" RCP crossing on a diagonal, plus water and other utilities. Ft. Harrison can only be closed ill the evening half at a time. This is a primary corridor Ilorth south. c. At Garden we have 30" and 36" RCP with a 1 afoot deep cut in the middle of Garden Ave. plus water and other utility work. Yes, Gardell can be closed, but provide some sort of access to the Garden A venue garage and the bus statioll. I I I 13. What is the point of milling Cleveland Street when the road will be removed due to the Storm Drainage work? East of Osceola where Cleveland meets Drew, what are the limits of milling and overlay? Where are we paid for the restoration work that will be needed due to the stornl sewer installation from Osceola Ave. to the west? What about restoration work needed due to stonn sewer and or waterline construction extending beyond the proposed surface improvements? Areas where the road will be removed due to storm drain work do Ilot need to be milled. Restoratioll workfor storm sewer installatioll ji'om Osceola A vellue to the west is incidental to the cost of illstallation of the pipe. Restoratatioll work needed I I I I - I I due to storm sewer and/or waterline construction extending beyond proposed surface improvements is incidental to the cost of installing the pipe. I 14. Sheet D-O 1 calls for the contractor to stack all brick and pavers on pallets for pick up by the city. Is there brick under the asphalt roads? Are any soil reports available? There are no requirements of the Contractor regarding any brick which might be found under the existing roadway surface. I I 15. Has a survey been performed to detemline the elevations of the building doorway entrances to verify that the new sidewalks will drain away from the buildings based on the new curb grades provided? The survey which is included in the drawingslcontract documents is the latest survey information available. We assume that the finish floor elevations indicated are the elevation at each doorway. Should there be individual problem areas that become apparent as the work commences we will address those at that time. We do not anticipate sidewalk drainage problems. I I 16. At stlUcture S-199, what are the requirements for restoring the existing seawall where we penetrate it with the 43"x68" ERCP? Please provide thickness, concrete strengths, reinforcement, joint to existing etcetera. Thickness and reinforcement are as shown on sheet S-1 in the plans. I I 17. Sheet C-5 shows 12", 20" and 24" FM's all in conflict with the proposed stonn pipe. Who is resolving this conflict and how? (Sheet UA-1 indicates that the 24" FM is being removed by others and that conflicts with the 12" will require notification of the engineer, can we assume that conflicts will be resolved by others at no cost to us?) Currently there is not enough information to be certain there is a conflict with the existing 20" reclaimed water main. For the purposes of this bid the Contractor should assume there is no conflict at this location. If a conflict arises during construction it will be resolved at that time. The 12" FM is a proposed line and is to be installed so as not to be a conflict with the proposed storm line. I I I 18. On Sheet C-5, it would appear that the 8" sanitary sewer line between Sta 195 and 196 has less than 18" of clearance over the proposed stonn sewer. How is this being addressed as it appears to violate health lUles? The 18" separation is to water lines. Note that there is no longer a separation requirement to storm sewers in Chapter 62-604. I I 19. On Sheet C-5 there is an existing waterline shown crossing the proposed St01l11 sewer at +/-192+60. It appears to have less than 18" clearance. How is this being addressed as it appears to violate health lUles? The required clearance is 6" per current FDEP standards. I 20. S-133 is called out in the drainage table (C-4) as being a V inlet. It is depicted on the plans (C-7) as a manhole. Given it's location, it is logical that it is a manhole. What do you want it to be? S-133 should be a manhole. The summary of drainage structures is incorrect. I I 21. S-132 is called out as an A inlet, but is used in a situation where you have consistently utilized V inlets. Do you want an A or a V for S-132? S-132 should be a type V inlet. The summary of drainage structures is incorrect. I I .... I I 22. On type A inlets, please provide minimum intemal dimensions. The detail is lacking dimensions. Minimum internal sizefor Type A inlets is the outside diameter of the outlet pipe plus a minimum (~l4" on either side. See City of Clearwater detail No. 209 Sheet 1. I I 23. We are confused by what appear to be contrary plan notes on sheet C-9. There is a clear exception called out from Station 215+20.67 to 215+55.67 for the railroad. It was our understanding that no work was to be done in this area, yet there are notes telling us to both remove and constmct stOD11 sewer within the limits of this exception. Is this work an exception to the exception? The exception is an exception to the typical section/roadway reconstruction; and not to all work. I I 24. Typical sections for pedestrian pavers have do not show any base material, just compacted subgrade. Pay items sheets and specifications indicate they require base material. Please clarify. Provide 4" compacted limerock base beneath pavers P-l, P-2 and P-3 (Pay Items 133,135, and 136). Compact to 98% Mod. Proctor, T-180. Subgrade beneath this limerock base shall be compacted to 95% Mod. Proctor, T-180. Cross section would now show paver, sandlcement setting bed, 4" limerock base, and subgrade, in that order. I I I 25. Can fibermesh be utilized in lieu of the welded wire mesh in the 4" concrete sidewalks? No. Utilize the appropriate concrete details per the plans. I 26. There are several locations where we are tapping an existing water main and the plans indicate new pipe mnning form the tap to the new main. What size pipe is mnning between the tap and the new main? The smaller of the two. Where is this pipe paid for? It is paid under the appropriate wet tap line item. The lines we are tapping appear to connect to the lines we are removing, yet there are no provisions for line stops or cut and caps that we see. What happens at the connection point of these lines to the lines we are removing? Cut and cap the lines to be removed. Place that cost under Item No. 13 of the Bid Form. I I I I 27. The limits of removal of the existing water mains at the east end of the project are unclear. Can you stipulate where we are to remove them to and what we are to do with at the point we stop removing (line stop and cut and cap?)? Cut and cap within the project limits (Station 218+21.00) I 28. What happens at the west end of the project where we are removing the water lines up to a line that is to remain? Is there a valve that can be closed at this location to facilitate our removal or is some other action required on our part? Cut and cap all lines to be removed at the Point of Connection to the line to remain. I I I I -'- --------'.---------- '"' .. CORPORATE RESOLU:JTION REGARDING AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE BIDS, CONTRACTS i~ND OTHER LEAGL DOCUlVIENTS Resolution of the Board of Directors of Gibbs & Register, Inc. passed at a special meeting of the Corporation held at its offices, April 19, 2005. "Resolved. that the officers of this Corporation are as follows: - President - Vice President - Senior Vice President - Vice President - SeeretaryITreasurer John W. Gibbs Gary E. Register Rex D. Hnffin='ln David Borchert Joanne G. Register "Resolved that the following officer::; are authorized to execute contracts, subcontract agreements or other legal documents on behalf of the Corporation: - President - Vice President - Senior Vice President - SecretaryfTreasurer John W. Gibbs Gary E. Register Rex D. Huffman Joanne G. Register "Resolved that the following officer is authorized to execute contracts up to One Million Dollars and subcontract agreements on behalf of the Corporation: - Vice President David Borchert~' SEAL IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto affixed my name as Secretary and caused the corporate seal of said Corporation to be hereunto affixed this. 19th day 2005. L JOH.N' W. GIBBS, a Director of said Corporation do hereby certify that the fore oing a correct copy of a resolution adopted as above set forth.. . j1} 'I ;}! /, Y '1 . 1/ J / < {!c:;-iC/ )f:.../ / . .' J()f!:Jft/W. GIBBS, President G.LBZS & REGISTER, INC. 1/ .1 '. WESTERN SURETY COMPANY RIDER To be attached to andform a part of Type of Bond Pavment and Performance Bond Bond No. 929394006 Executed by Beniamin H French Attorney-in-fact of Western Surety Company, as Surety, in favor of City of Clearwater and dated S" / v I o~ In cons!.rain of the premium charged for the attached bond, it is hereby agreed, with the Contract Price being decreased, the Bond amounts are also decreased: From: Eleven million two hundred seventv-five thousand five hundred sixty-one and 88/100 ($11,275,561.88) To: ($8,950,105.79) Eight million nine hundred fiftv thousand one hundred five and 79/100 The attached bond shall be subject to all its agreements, limitations and conditions except as herein expressly modified. This rider is effective 12-/D{; / ~1L-/o~ / / Signed and Sealed Principal: By: J WESTERN SURETY CaMP ANY By-' ~~.r" ~ ~ Benjamin H French, Attorney-in-Fact & Florida Resident Agent PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND (Public Work) In compliance with F.S. Chapter 255.05(l)(a) BOND NO.: 929394006 CONTRACTOR NAME: Gibbs & Register, Inc. CONTRACTOR ADDRESS: 530 S. Main St. Winter Garden, FL 34787 CONTRACTOR PHONE NO.: 407-654-6133 SURETY COMPANY: SURETY AGENT: OWNER NAME: OWNER ADDRESS: OWNER PHONE NO.: OBLIGEE NAME:(If contracting entity is different from the owner, the contracting public entity) OBLIGEE ADDRESS: OBLIGEE PHONE NO.: Western Surety Company P.O. Box 5077 Sioux Falls, SD 57104 877-276-7511 Benjamin H. French 352-374-7779 City of Clearwater P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33755 727-462-6126 BOND AMOUNT: $11,275,561.88 CONTRACT NO.:(Ifapplicable) DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Cleveland Street Streetscape, Contract 03-0093-ED PROJECT ADDRESS: LEGAL DESCRIPTION: FRONT PAGE All other bond page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any page number(s) that may be pre-printed thereon BOND NUMBER: 929394006 CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLOEIDA COUNTY OF ORANGE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we GIBBS & REGISTER. INC.. Contractor and WESTERN SURETY COMPANY (Surety) whose home address is P.O. BOX 5077. SIOUX FALLS. SD. 57117. HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: ELEVEN MILLION TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED SIXTY -ONE DOLLARS AND EIGHTY- EIGHT CENTS ($11,275,561.88) (BASE BID) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, su~cessors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the 1..... ~ day of IHJIJ}l , 2006, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: r CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE (03-0093-ED) a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one- year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care of skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contract agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub- Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for completion of said work by contract or otherwise & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure ofthe said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Page 1 , . CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or neglect of said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. )JD IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals ofthe parties hereto this Z- day of ih4y , 2006. Gibbs & Register. Inc'd!. . CONTRACT ... By: ~ \ /t. ATTEST: ANNE G. REGISTER, ecretary/Treasurer Western Surety Company SURETY By: C?:~~ --;:::-::;=- ~ ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Benjamin H. French, Attorney-in-Fact & FL Resident Agent ]NESS: . _ ~\U d ^~Q-Qj ~ tN.L COUNTERSIGNED: Page 2 ...-~ Western Surety' Company .. POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Benjamin H French, Paul A Locascio, Robin Michele Williams, Individually of Mary Esther, FL, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts- and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the shareholders of the corporation. In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on this 13th day of April, 2006. WESTERN SURETY COMPANY R/~ Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President State of South Dakota County of Minnehaha } ss On this 13th day of April, 2006, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation. My commission expires November 30, 2006 .................................................. ~ D. KRELL ~ I I $~NOTARY PUBLlC~$ I~SOUTH DAKOTA I I I ............................................... + ~ CERTIFICATE I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in force, and furth_ef certi!! that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed.th€;'seal of the said corporation this day of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY g. ~,~_.ry Fonn F4280-O 1-02 ~ ~ GIBBS & REGISTER, INC. 530 South Main Street Winter Garden, Florida 34787 Telephone: (407) 654-6133 Facsimile: (407) 654-6134 AeCIf'VE!O MAY 0 '1 7006 'v ATTORNEY (~>,-.5 ---(~ &- May 2, 2006 VIA HAND DELIVERY 1. CI1Y MANAGER 2. MAYOR 3. crrv CLERK FOR SIGNATURE BRYAN D. RUFF ASST. CITY ATTORN, ,.ey~, r _, . If) . --I j;zJ-C~/L~/ .; ~t, 4, ',~t ..I- (~~. /Frt, :.? J/?"t,lt t:tz'lvA/ftLt"f;1 /rflJ;,."t-~ A. ~ (f ,..., P t~~-r lfc/3 Office of the City Attorney City Hall Building Third Floor 112 South Osceola Ave. Clearwater, FL 33758 Re: OurJob No.: J06013 Cleveland Street Streetscape (03-0093-ED) Contracts Dear Sir: Pursuant to Michael Quillen's letter of April 21, 2006, please find enclosed the following documents: Quantity 5 5 5 5 Description Executed Contracts (Cleveland Street Streetscape) Contract Bonds Certificates of Liability Insurance Corporate Resolution Prepared By City of Clearwater Waldorff Brown & Brown Gibbs & Register Inc. Please be advised that Certificates of Insurance regarding Railroad Protective Liability coverage will be provided to your office before work begins on the project. Once all the documents have been executed, please return a fully executed copy of the contract and bonds to my office. Upon receipt of the executed bond, we will record a copy with the Clerk of Pine lias County. We look forward to working with the City of Clearwater on this project. Yours truly, By: JWG/cdt Enclosures ACORDm CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DllOi Ir- '^fn.c''-/-r::: r:rf~.~lC:TC" Ir"T"~,'..~:t-.l THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. NSRI POLICY NUMBER ~~1'~ iMMIOIl/VY) UCy EXP,b~N LIMITS LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE DATE IMMIOD GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 - 05/01/07 05/01/08 PREMiSES (E~'(;~~nce) A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CMM3656715 $ 150,000 - :=J CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 10,000 X $1,000 PD DED PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 - PER CLAIM GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 - GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 I Iil PRO- n POLICY X JECT LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 - A ~ ANY AUTO CMM3656715 05/01/07 05/01/08 (Ea accident) ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY - (Per person) $ SCHEDULED AUTOS - HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY - (Per accident) $ NON-OWNED AUTOS - $500 DED ~ COMPREHENS IVE PROPERTY DAMAGE $ X COLLISION $1,000 DED (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ =1 ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESSIUMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A !J OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE CMM3656715 05/01/07 05/01/08 AGGREGATE $1,000,000 EXCESS OF $ =1 DEDUCTIBLE GL, AL, $ RETENTION $ & EL $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X IT~~Y<>LI~:rS I IOJ~- B EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 83032531 07/01/06 07/01/07 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 ANY PROPRIETORlPARTNERlEXECUTIVE OFFICERlMEMBER EXCLUDED? WC/EL APPLIES IN -FLORIDA E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000 I II yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500 000 SPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER A INSTALLATION CMM3656715 05/01/07 05/01/08 INSTALL $2,000,000 & EQUIPMENT (SEE BELOW) EQttI.~ $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS J LOCATIONS J VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS ~1:l,;t'VED CANCELLATION: EXCEPT 10 DAYS FOR NON PAYMENT OF PREMIUM EQUIPMENT & INSTALLATION FLOATER - SPECIAL FORM/$l,OOO DEDUCTIBLE t~fY l' 200" -- v I PROJECT: CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE, CONTRACT #03-0093-ED LIABI ITY OFFICIAL RECORDS AND CITY OF CLEAR~TER IS ADDITIONAL INSURED AS RESPECTS GENERAL 1.........'" _, . -., '.. ';'/tV ..,~ , PRODUCER Brown & Brown of Florida, Inc. Daytona Beach Office P.O. Box 2412 Daytona Beach FL 32115-2412 Phone: 386-252-9601 Fax:38 INSURED GIBBS & REGISTER INC J REGISTER COMPANY INC 232 S DILLARD ST WINTER GARDEN FL 34787 COVERAGES lJ1 A\,' r- ~~-, 02 2007 ("'tol....,..'.) .--' r- 01 r:- ,-. [I', ^;; '-Ii l .....', ,-<,..~_. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CITYC10 CITY OF CLEAR~TER ATTN: PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PO BOX 4748 CLEAR~TER FL 33758-4748 ACORD 25 (2001/08) OP ID P DATE (MMJDDIYYYY) GIBBS-1 04 30 07 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. I c' ~~RS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # A WESTFIELD INSURANCE CO (A 1 )24112 INSURERB: BRIDGEFIELD EMPLOYERS (A 15) 10701 INSURER c: INSURER D: INSURER E: CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTH EDREPRESENTA E ACORD~ CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OP ID 1~ DATE (MMlDD/YYYY) GIBBS 1 06/28/06 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Brown & Brown, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Daytona Beach Office HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR P.O. Box 2412 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Daytona Beach FL 32115-2412 Phone: 386-252-9601 Fax: 386-239-5729 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A: WESTFIELD INSURANCE CO 24112 INSURER B: BRIDGEFIELD EMPLOYERS 10701 GIBBS & REGISTER INC INSURER C: INTERSTATE FIRE & CASUALTY J REGISTER COMPANY INC 530 S MAIN ST INSURER D: WINTER GARDEN FL 34787 INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. NSRC POLICY NUMBER 'D~'1'~1riMr~8~E I'OLICEY,~J,I~~N LIMITS LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE DATE MMIDD GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 - UAMAljt: I U Kt:N I t:u A ~ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CMM3656715 05/01/06 05/01/07 PREMISES (Ea occurence) $ 150,000 f-- ~ CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 10,000 ~ $1,000 PD DED PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 PER CLAIM GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 f-- GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $1,000,000 ~ !Xl PRO- n POLICY X JECT LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT f-- $ 1,000,000 A X ANY AUTO CMM3656715 05/01/06 05/01/07 (Ea accident) f-- ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY f-- $ SCHEDULED AUTOS ~ED (Per person) f-- RECEI' HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY - $ NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) - ." 1 ~ ' ~ COMPREHENSIVE $500 DED 005 PROPERTY DAMAGE . -; ~ $ X COLLISION $1,000 DED (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY (- FFiCiAL RECOI U;:,ANu AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ~ ANY AUTO ,. GISlATIVE SRV :5 DfPT OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 A ~ OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE CMM3656715 05/01/06 05/01/07 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 EXCESS OF $ R DEDUCTIBLE GL, AL, $ RETENTION $ & EL $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X I TORY L1M1T13 I IOTH- ER B EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 83032531 07/01/06 07/01/07 $ 500,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT ---- OFFiCER/MEMBEREXCtuDED? --,.-- --"---'.'-.- _._~- ~ - -- -- ..' ELolSEASE - fA EMPLOYEE $ 500~UOO WC/EL APPLIES IN FLORIDA If yes, describe under $ 500,000 SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT OTHER A INSTALLATION CMM3656715 05/01/06 05/01/07 INSTALL $2,000,000 & EQUIPMENT (SEE BELOW) EQUIP $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS CANCELLATION: EXCEPT 10 DAYS FOR NON PAYMENT OF PREMIUM EQUIPMENT & INSTALLATION FLOATER - SPECIAL FORM/$l,OOO DEDUCTIBLE C: EXCESS UMBRELLA #HFX1000314 05/01/06-07 $5,000,000 OCC $5,000,000 AGG 'UN' '(0: i J ,'. PROJECT: CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE, CONTRACT #03-0093-ED CITY OF CLEARWATER IS ADDITIONAL INSURED AS RESPECTS GENERAL LIABIITY CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITYC10 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIACATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENT&JVE /', !J-I..LI . J @ ACORD CORPORATION 1988 CITY OF CLEARWATER ATTN:PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PO BOX 4748 CLEARWATER FL 33758-4748 ACORD 25 (2001/08) ACORDN CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY tNSURANCE OP 10 K21 DATE (MMlDDIYYY\ GIBBS-1 05/01/06 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Brown & Brown, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Daytona Beach Office HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR P.O. Box 2412 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Daytona Beach FL 32115-2412 Phone: 386-252-9601 Fax: 386-239-5729 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAlC. INSURED INSURER A WESTFIELD INSURANCE CO 24112 INSURER B: BRIDGE FIELD EMPLOYERS 10701 GIBBS & REGISTER INC INSURER C: INTERSTATE FIRE & CASUALTY J REGISTER COMPANY INC 530 S MAIN ST INSURER 0: WINTER GARDEN FL 34787 INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO All THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. lTR NSRl TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER ~}MlIIDDIYn DATE(~ UMITS GENERAl LIABlUTY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 - ~~~1s lEa occurence) A X COMMERCIAL GENERAl lIABILITY CMM3656715 05/01/06 05/01/07 $ 150,000 I CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $10,000 ~ $1,000 PD DED PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 PER CLAIM GENERAl AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 I-- GEN'l AGGRE~ LIMIT APnS PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 1,000,000 h PRO- POLICY X JECT lOC AUTOMOBILE UABIUTY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 - A X ANY AUTO CMM3656715 05/01/06 05/01/07 (Ea accident) - All OWNED AUTOS BODilY INJURY - $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) i - ~ ! ~-- HIRED AUTOS BODilY INJURY !i (Per accident) $ i NON-DWNED AUTOS Ii ix- COMPREHENSIVE $500 DED " PROPERTY DAMAGE Ii , $ " I X COLLISION $1,000 DED (Per accident) ~ I l GARAGE LIABlUTY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ,I I ~ ANY AUTO I , OTHER THAN EA ACC $ I AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESSIUMBRELLA LIABlUTY EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 A ~ OCCUR o CLAIMS MADE CMM3656715 05/01/06 05/01/07 AGGREGATE $1,000,000 EXCESS OF $ q DEDUCTIBLE GL, AL, $ RETENTION $ & EL $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X I TORY LIMITS I IOl~- B EMPLOYERS' LIABlUTY 83032531 07/01/05 07/01/06 ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERiEXECUTIVE E.l. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 OFFICERlMEMBER EXCLUDED? WC/EL APPLIES IN FLoRIDA E.l. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000 If yes. describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.l. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 OTHER A INSTALLATION CMM3656715 05/01/06 05/01/07 INSTALL $2,000,000 & EQUIPMENT (SEE BELOW) EQUIP $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS CANCELLATION: EXCEPT 10 DAYS FOR NON PAYMENT OF PREMIUM EQUIPMENT & INSTALLATION FLOATER - SPECIAL FORM/$l,OOO DEDUCTIBLE C: EXCESS UMBRELLA #HFX1000314 05/01/06-07 $5,000,000 OCC $5,000,000 AGG PROJECT: CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE, CONTRACT #03-0093-ED CITY OF CLEARWATER IS ADDITIONAL INSURED AS RESPECTS GENERAL LIABIITY CERTIFICATE HOLDER CITY OF CLEARWATER ATTN:PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PO BOX 4748 CLEARWATER FL 33758-4748 CANCELLATION C I TYC1 0 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POUCIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTlCE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHAll IMPOSE NO OBlIGATION OR LIABlUTY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPREsENTATlVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESEN1: ACORD 25 (2001108) , ~' ~ Clearwater -~ u~ TRANSMITTAL FORM CONSTRUCTION SERVICES \," /,. r-" 410 N. Myrtle Ave., 33755 PO Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 MAY 02 2008 Phone: (727)462-6126, Fax: (727)462-6989 [RECORD',:" , '". l i r I SO\i"'" 0 - ~" ~ \...,.) f;: ',1 L TO: Official Records & Legislative Services Attn: Susan Chase, City Clerk Specialist Re: Current Certificate of Liability Insurance Date: May 1, 2008 WE ARE SENDING TO YOU [8] ATTACHED 0 UNDER SEPARATE COVER VIA THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: o Shop Drawings o Copy of Letter o Prints o Change Order o Plans o Specifications o Samples o As Requested COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 1 04/28/08 1 Attached copy of "Current Certificate of Liability Insurance" for Gibbs & Register, Inc. for the "Cleveland Street Streetscape Project" (03-0093-ED) THESE ARE TRANSMITTED AS CHECKED BELOW: o For approval & payment o As requested o o o Approved as submitted o For review and comment o o o Approved as noted o Return _ corrected prints o o ROUTE DATE RECEIVED DATE REVIEWED INITIALS & COMMENTS REMARKS: Attached Current Certificate of Liability Insurance for your Executed Contract. SIGNED: ~.. -- [c9t.~~ Alice Eckman, Construction Office Specialist Please notify us if attachments are not included Thank you/or your business cc: Kathy Bedini, Staff Assistant/Engineering (Copy 0/ Certificate) <I ACORD,. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OP ID P~ DATE (MM/DDIYYYY) GIBBS-1 04/25/08 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Brown & Brown of Florida, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Daytona Beach Office HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR P.O. Box 2412 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Daytona Beach FL 32115-2412 Phone: 386-252-9601 Fax:386-239-5729 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A: WESTFIELD INSURANCE CO (A 1 ) 24112 , INSURER B: BRIDGE FIELD EMPLOYERS (A 15) 10701 GIBBS & REGISTER INC INSURER C J REGISTER COMPANY INC 232 S DILLARD ST INSURER D WINTER GARDEN FL 34787 INSURER E COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. '~~~ ~S~[ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATEiMM/~5~IE P~k~E'IMM/bDJYY"iN LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 f-- 05/01/08 05/01/09 DAMAGE: A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CMM3656715 P~EMIS~S (Ea o~c~_enc.2') ~ JJ.~~,9 0 ~.___ ~ r-- ~CLAIIVfS MADE [[tOCCUR -~-'-- --. - -- -- __, -. _.-.... .--,----- -~.----- .. MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 10,000 r-- X $1,000 PD DED PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 r-- PER CLAIM i GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 r-- I GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER i ! PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 '-, IXl PRO 'I I POLICY X JECT i LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 r-- A X ANY AUTO CMM3656715 05/01/08 05/01/09 (Ea accident) r-- REC ~ 'E ALL OWNED AUTOS ',,- 'V D BODILY INJURY r-- $ SCHEDULED AUTOS .::- ~ dl (Per person) f-- HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY r-- AP~ (Per accident) $ NON-OWNED AUTOS :,~;;Jg f-- - X COMPREHENSIVE $500 DED PROPERTY DAMAGE r-- (Per accident) $ X COLLISION $1,000 DED {"'j-,'l r'~ , L r. r ' - - -:~ GARAGE LIABILITY PUBLIC :. Ji :', S'::;Or\dT:iUC ION AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ R ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EAACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 A ~ OCCUR D CLAIMS MADE CMM3656715 05/01/08 05/01/09 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 EXCESS OF $ R DEDUCTIBLE GL, AL, $ RETENTION $ & EL $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND X I TORY LIMITS I IUE~- B EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 83032531 07/01/07 07/01/08 $500,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE EL EACH ACCIDENT -- ".- OFFIl,;t:K/IVlt:IVltJERmDED? . .~. - __, --" u___u.__ ~E.L:orSi::ASr E.A ~..-so 0 .~. 0 OU- - WC/EL APPLIES IN FLORIDA If yes, describe under EL. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 SPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER A INSTALLATION CMM3656715 05/01/08 05/01/09 INSTALL $2,000,000 & EQUIPMENT (SEE BELOW) I EQUIP $1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS -. r --1 ,.--'~ -"""'\ ,''-0,... CANCELLATION: EXCEPT 10 DAYS FOR NON PAYMENT OF PREMIUM \.., EQUIPMENT & INSTALLATION FLOATER - SPECIAL FORM/$l,OOO DEDUCTIBLE #03-0093-ED MAY 02 2008 PROJECT: CLEVELAND STREET STREETSCAPE, CONTRACT CITY OF CLEARWATER IS ADDITIONAL INSURED AS RESPECTS GENERAL LIABIITY .....'. gECORD. . , ,'~ CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITYC10 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN CITY OF CLEARWATER ATTN:PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PO BOX 4748 CLEARWATER FL 33758-4748 @ ACORD CORPORATION 1988 ACORD 25 (2001/08)